\NormalFont\ShortTitle{ACTS}
{\MTB This book contains the account of the first Christians. We call this book
\par }{\MT Acts

\par }\ChapOne{1}{\SH Acts 1:1-3
\par }{\SH Luke referred to the Gospel he had written to Theophilus.
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}{\ADD{
Dear}}
Theophilus,
\par }{\PP In
my
first
book
{\ADD{
that
I
wrote
for
you}},
I
wrote
about
many
of
the
things
that
Jesus
did
and
taught
\VS{2}until
the
day
on
which
he
was
taken $\{${\ADD{
God}}
took
him$\}$
up
{\ADD{
to
heaven}}.
Before
{\ADD{
he
went
to
heaven}},
saying
what
the
Holy
Spirit
{\ADD{
told
him}},
he
told
the apostles
whom
he
had
chosen
{\ADD{
the
things
that
he
wanted
them
to
know}}.
\VS{3}After
he
had
suffered
{\ADD{
and
died
on
the
cross}},
{\ADD{
he
became
alive
again}}.
As
he
appeared
to
them
{\ADD{
often}}
during
{\ADD{
the
next}} 40
days,
the apostles
saw
him
many
times.
He
proved
to
them
in
many
ways
that
he
was
alive
again.
He
talked
{\ADD{
with
them}}
about
{\ADD{
how}}
God
would
rule [MET]
{\ADD{
the
lives
of
people
who
accepted
him
as
their
king}}.
\par }{\SH Jesus
commanded
his apostles
to
wait
for
the
Holy
Spirit.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:4-5
\par }{\PP \VS{4}{\ADD{
One
time}}
while
he
was
with
them,
he
told
them, “Do
not
leave
Jerusalem
{\ADD{
yet}}.
Instead,
wait
{\ADD{
here}}
until
my
Father
sends
{\ADD{
his
Spirit}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
you}},
as
he
promised
{\ADD{
to
do}}.
You
have
heard
me
speak
{\ADD{
to
you}}
about
that.
\VS{5}John baptized
people
in
water
{\ADD{
because
they
said
that
they
wanted
to
change
their
lives}},
but
after
a
few
days [LIT]
{\ADD{
God}}
will
put
the
Holy
Spirit
within
you(pl)
{\ADD{
to
truly
change
your
lives}}.”
\par }{\SH Jesus
said
that
they
would
tell
about
him
everywhere,
and
then
he
ascended
to
heaven.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:6-9
\par }{\PP \VS{6}One
day
when
the
{\ADD{apostles}}
met
together
{\ADD{
with
Jesus}},
they
asked
him, “Lord,
will
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
now
become
the
King [MET]
over
{\ADD{
us}}
Israelite
people
{\ADD{
like
King
David,
who
ruled
long
ago}}?” (OR, “Lord,
will
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
now
{\ADD{
defeat
the Romans
and}}
restore
the
kingdom
{\ADD{
to
us}}
Israelite
people?”)
\VS{7}He
replied
to
them, “You
do
not
{\ADD{
need}}
to
know
the
time
{\ADD{
periods}}
and
days
{\ADD{
when
that
will
happen}}.
My
Father
alone
has
decided
{\ADD{
when
he
will
make
me
king}}.
\VS{8}But
{\ADD{
you
do
need
to
know
that}}
the
Holy
Spirit
will
make
you
{\ADD{
spiritually}}
strong
when
he
comes
to
live
in
you.
Then
you
will
{\ADD{powerfully}}
tell
people
about
me
in
Jerusalem
and
in
all
{\ADD{
the
other
places
in}}
Judea
{\ADD{
district}},
in
Samaria
{\ADD{
district}},
and
in
places
far
away
all
over [IDM]
the
world.”
\VS{9}After
he
said
that,
he
was
taken $\{${\ADD{
God}}
took
him$\}$
up
{\ADD{
to
heaven}},
while
they
were
watching.
{\ADD{
He
went
up
into}}
a
cloud [PRS],
which
prevented
them
from
seeing
him
{\ADD{
anymore}}.
\par }{\SH Angels
told
the apostles
that
Jesus
would
return
later.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:10-11
\par }{\PP \VS{10}While
{\ADD{
the apostles}}
were
{\ADD{
still}}
staring towards
the
sky
as
he
was
going
up,
suddenly
two
men
who
were
wearing
white
clothes
stood
beside
them.
{\ADD{
They
were
angels}}.
\VS{11}One
{\ADD{
of}}
them
said, “You
men
from
Galilee
{\ADD{
district}}, ◄you
do
not
need
to
stand
{\ADD{
here
any
longer}}
looking
up
at
the
sky!/why
do
you
still
stand
{\ADD{
here}}
looking
up
at
the
sky?► [RHQ]
{\ADD{
Some
day}}
this
same
Jesus,
whom
{\ADD{
God}}
took
from
you
up
to
heaven,
will
come
back
{\ADD{
to
earth}}.
He
will
return
in
the
same
manner
as
you
{\ADD{
just
now}}
saw
him
when
he
went
up
to
heaven,
{\ADD{
but
he
will
not
return
now}}.”
\par }{\SH The apostles
and
other believers
often
prayed
together.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:12-14
\par }{\PP \VS{12}Then
{\ADD{
after
the
two
angels
left}},
the apostles
returned
to
Jerusalem
from
Olive
{\ADD{
Tree}}
Hill,
which
was
about ◄a
half mile/one kilometer► [MTY]
from
Jerusalem.
\VS{13}When
they
entered
{\ADD{
the
city}},
they
went upstairs
to
the
room
{\ADD{
in
the
house}}
where
they
were
staying.
{\ADD{
Those
who
were
there
included}}
Peter,
John,
James, Andrew,
Philip,
Thomas, Bartholomew,
Matthew,
{\ADD{
another}}
James
{\ADD{
the
son}}
of Alphaeus,
Simon
who
belonged
to
the
group
that
wanted
to
expel
the Romans,
and
Judas
{\ADD{
the
son}}
of
{\ADD{
another
man
named}}
James.
\VS{14}All
these apostles
agreed
concerning
the
things
about
which
they
continually
were
praying
{\ADD{
together.
Others
who
prayed
with
them}}
included
the
women
{\ADD{
who
had
accompanied
Jesus}},
Mary
who
was
Jesus’
mother,
and
his
{\ADD{
younger}}
brothers.
\par }{\SH Peter
told
them
why
someone
must
replace
Judas.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:15-17
\par }{\PP \VS{15}During
those
days
Peter
stood
up
among
his
fellow believers.
There
were
{\ADD{
at
that
place}}
a
group
of
about 120
of
{\ADD{Jesus’
followers}}.
Peter
said,
\VS{16}“My
fellow believers,
{\ADD{
there
are
words
that
King}}
David
wrote [MTY]
in
the
Scriptures
long
ago
that
needed
to
be
fulfilled $\{$to
happen
{\ADD{
as
he
said
they
would}}$\}$.
The
Holy
Spirit,
{\ADD{
who
knew
that
Judas
would
be
the
one
who
would
fulfill
those
words}},
told
David
what
to
write.
\VS{17}{\ADD{
Although}}
Judas
had
been
chosen $\{${\ADD{
Jesus}}
had
chosen
Judas$\}$,
along
with
{\ADD{
the
rest
of}}
us
{\ADD{(exc)}}
to
serve
{\ADD{
as
an apostle}},
Judas
was
the
person
who
led
to
Jesus
the
people
who
seized
him.”
\par }{\SH How
Judas
died.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:18-19
\par }{\PP \VS{18}{\ADD{
The
Jewish
leaders}}
gave
Judas
money
when
he
{\ADD{
promised
to}}
treacherously/wickedly
{\ADD{
betray
Jesus.
Later
Judas
returned
that
money
to
them}}.
When
Judas
{\ADD{
hanged
himself}},
his
body
fell
down
{\ADD{
to
the
ground}}.
His
abdomen
burst
open,
and
all
his
intestines
spilled
out.
{\ADD{
So}}
the
{\ADD{
Jewish
leaders}}
bought
a
field
{\ADD{
using}}
that
money.
\VS{19}All
the
people
who
reside
in
Jerusalem
heard
{\ADD{
about
that}},
so
they
called
that
field
in
their
own
{\ADD{
Aramaic}}
language, Akeldama,
which
means ‘Field
of Blood’,
{\ADD{
because
it
was
where
someone bled
and
died}}.
\par }{\SH Peter
quoted
from
the
Psalms
about
Judas.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:20
\par }{\PP \VS{20}{\ADD{
Peter
also
said}}, “{\ADD{
I
perceive
that
what
happened
to
Judas
is
like
what
the
writer
of}}
Psalms
{\ADD{
desired
to
happen}}: ‘May
his
house
become
deserted,
and
may
there
be
no
one
to
live
in
it.’ (OR, ‘{\ADD{
Judge
him,
Lord,
so
that
neither
he
nor}}
anyone
{\ADD{
else}}
may
live
in
his
house!)’
And
it
seems
that
{\ADD{
these
other
words
that
David
wrote
also refer
to
Judas:}} ‘Let
someone
else
take
over
his
work
as
a
leader.’ ”
\par }{\SH Peter
concluded
that
they
needed
to
choose
a
man
to
replace
Judas.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:21-22
\par }{\PP \VS{21}“So
it
is
necessary
{\ADD{
for
us apostles}}
to
choose
a
man
{\ADD{
to
replace
Judas.
He
must
be
one
who}}
accompanied [MTY]
us
all
the
time
when
the
Lord
Jesus
was
with
us.
\VS{22}{\ADD{
That
would
be}}
from
{\ADD{
the
time
when}}
John
{\ADD{
the Baptizer}} baptized
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
until
the
day
when
Jesus
was
taken $\{$when
{\ADD{
God}}
took
Jesus$\}$
from
us
up
{\ADD{
to
heaven}}.
He
must
be
one
who
saw
Jesus
alive
again
{\ADD{
after
he
died}}.”
\par }{\SH Jesus’
followers
prayed
and
then
chose Matthias
to
replace
Judas.
\par }{\SR Acts 1:23-26
\par }{\PP \VS{23}So
the
{\ADD{apostles
and
other believers}}
suggested
{\ADD{
the
names
of
two
men
who qualified.
One
man
was}}
Joseph,
who
was
called $\{$whom
people
called$\}$ Barsabbas (OR,
Joseph Barsabbas)
who
{\ADD{
also}}
had
the
{\ADD{Roman}}
name
Justus.
The
other
man
was
Matthias.
\VS{24-25}Then
they
prayed
like
this: “Lord
{\ADD{Jesus}}, Judas
stopped
being
an apostle.
{\ADD{
He
died
and}}
went
to
the
place
where
he
{\ADD{
deserved
to
be}} [EUP].
{\ADD{
So
we(exc)
need
to
choose
someone}}
to
replace
{\ADD{Judas
in
order}}
that
he
can
serve
{\ADD{
you(sg)
by
becoming}}
an apostle.
You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
know
what
everyone
is
really
like.
So
{\ADD{
please}}
show
us
which
of
these
two
men
you
have
chosen.”
\VS{26}Then
they
cast
lots
{\ADD{
to
choose
between
the
two
of}}
them,
and
the
lot
fell
for
Matthias. (OR,
Then
{\ADD{
one
of}}
the
{\ADD{apostles}}
shook
{\ADD{
in
a
container}}
small
objects/stones
{\ADD{
that}}
they
{\ADD{
had
marked
to
determine
which
man
God
had
chosen}}.
And
the
small
object/stone
{\ADD{
that
they
had
marked}}
for
Matthias
fell
{\ADD{
out
of
the
container}}).
So
Matthias
was
considered $\{$they
considered
Matthias$\}$
{\ADD{
to
be
an apostle}}
along
with
the
{\ADD{
other}}
eleven apostles.

\par }\Chap{2}{\SH The Holy Spirit came and enabled the disciples to speak other languages.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:1-4
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}On
the
day
when
{\ADD{
the
Jews
were
celebrating
the}}
Pentecost
{\ADD{
festival}},
the
{\ADD{believers}}
were
all
together
in
one
place
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}.
\VS{2}Suddenly
{\ADD{
they
heard}}
a
noise
{\ADD{
coming}}
from
the
sky
{\ADD{
that
sounded}}
like
a
strong
wind.
Everyone
in
the
entire
house
where
they
were
sitting
heard
the
noise.
\VS{3}Then
they
saw
{\ADD{
what
looked}}
like
flames
of
fire.
These
flames
separated
{\ADD{
from
one
another}},
and
{\ADD{
one
of
them}}
came
down
on
{\ADD{
the
head
of}}
each
of
the believers.
\VS{4}Then
all
of
the believers
were ◄completely
controlled/empowered►
by
the
Holy
Spirit $\{$the
Holy
Spirit ◄completely
controlled/empowered►
all
of
the believers$\}$,
and
he
enabled
them
to
begin
speaking
other
languages [MTY]
{\ADD{
that
they
had
not
learned}}.
\par }{\SH Jews
from
many
places
were
amazed
to
hear
their
native
languages
spoken
by
the believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:5-13
\par }{\PP \VS{5}At
that
time
{\ADD{
many}}
Jews
were
staying
in
Jerusalem
{\ADD{
to
celebrate
the Pentecost
festival.
They
were
people
who}}
always
tried
to
obey
{\ADD{
the
Jewish}}
laws.
{\ADD{
They
had
come}}
from
many
different [HYP]
countries.
\VS{6}When
they
heard
that
{\ADD{
loud}}
noise
{\ADD{
like
a
wind}},
a
crowd
came
together
{\ADD{
to
the
place
where
the believers
were}}.
The
crowd ◄was
amazed/did
not
know
what
to
think►,
because
each
of
them
was
hearing
{\ADD{
one
of}}
the believers
speaking
in
that
person’s
own
language.
\VS{7}They
were
completely
amazed,
and
they
said
{\ADD{
to
each
other}}, “All
these
men
who
are
speaking
have [RHQ]
{\ADD{
always}}
resided
in
Galilee
{\ADD{
district,
so
they
would
not
know
our
languages}}.
\VS{8}◄{\ADD{
We(inc)
do
not
understand}}
how
these
men
can
speak
our
own
native
languages!/How
can
these
men
speak
our
own
native
languages?► [RHQ]
{\ADD{
But}}
all
of
us
hear
them
{\ADD{
doing
that}}
\VS{9}{\ADD{
Some
of
us
are
from
the
regions
of}} Parthia
and
Media
and
Elam,
and
{\ADD{
others
of
us}}
reside
{\ADD{
in
the
regions
of}}
Mesopotamia,
Judea,
Cappadocia,
Pontus
and
Asia.
\VS{10}There
are
some
from
Phrygia
and
Pamphylia,
Egypt,
and
the
regions
in
Libya
{\ADD{
that
are}}
near
Cyrene
{\ADD{
city}}.
{\ADD{
There
are
others
of
us}}
who
are
{\ADD{
here}}
visiting
{\ADD{
Jerusalem}}
from
Rome.
\VS{11}{\ADD{
They
include
native}}
Jews
as
well
as non-Jews
who
have
accepted
what
we
Jews
believe.
And
others
of
us
are
from
Crete
{\ADD{
Island}}
and
from
{\ADD{
the
region
of}}
Arabia.
{\ADD{
So
how
is
it
that
these
people}}
are
speaking
our
languages [MTY],
telling
us
{\ADD{
about}} ◄the
great/the
mighty
things►
{\ADD{
that}}
God
has
done?”
\VS{12}All
{\ADD{
those
people}}
were
amazed,
and
did
not
know
what
to
think
{\ADD{
about
what
was happening}}.
So
they
asked
one
another, “What
does
this
mean?”
\VS{13}But
{\ADD{
some}}
of
them ◄made fun
of/laughed
at►
{\ADD{
those
who
believed
in
Jesus}}.
They
said, “{\ADD{
These
people
are
talking
like
this
because}}
they
are
drunk!”
\par }{\SH Peter
said
that
the
prophet
Joel foretold
what
the
Holy
Spirit
would
do.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:14-21
\par }{\PP \VS{14}So
Peter
stood
up
with
the
{\ADD{
other}}
eleven
{\ADD{apostles}}
and
spoke
loudly
to
the
{\ADD{
crowd
of}}
people,
saying, “{\ADD{
My}}
fellow
Jews
and
you
{\ADD{
others}}
who
are
staying
in
Jerusalem,
listen
to
me,
all
of
you,
and
I
will
explain
to
you
what
is happening!
\VS{15}{\ADD{
Some
of
}}
you
think
that
{\ADD{
we(exc)
are
drunk}},
but
we
are
not
drunk.
It
is
{\ADD{
only
}}
nine o’clock
in
the
morning,
{\ADD{
and
people
here
never
get
drunk
this
early}}
in
the
day!
\VS{16}Instead,
{\ADD{
what
has
happened
to
us
is}}
the
{\ADD{
miraculous}}
thing
that
the
prophet
Joel
wrote
about
{\ADD{
long
ago}}.
{\ADD{
Joel
wrote}}:
\par }{\PP God
says,
\VS{17}‘During
the
last/final
days
{\ADD{
before
I
judge
all
people}},
I
will
give
my
Spirit
abundantly/generously
to
people [SYN]
everywhere.
{\ADD{
As
a
result}},
your
sons
and
daughters
will
tell
{\ADD{
people}}
messages
from
me,
the
young
men
among
you
will
see
visions
{\ADD{
from
me}},
and
the
old
men
among
you
will
have
dreams
{\ADD{
that
I
will
give
them}}.
\VS{18}During
those
days
I
will
abundantly/generously
give
my
Spirit
{\ADD{
even}}
to
men
and
women believers
{\ADD{
who
are}}
my
slaves/servants,
so
they
can
tell
{\ADD{
people}}
messages
from
me.
\VS{19}I
will
cause
amazing
things
to
happen
in
the
sky,
and
I
will
do
miracles
on
the
earth
that
will
show
{\ADD{
that
I
am
powerful}}.
{\ADD{
Here}}
on
the
earth [CHI]
I
{\ADD{
will
cause
wars
with}}
blood,
fire
and
thick/dark
smoke
{\ADD{
everywhere}}.
\VS{20}{\ADD{
In
the
sky}}
the
sun
will
{\ADD{
appear}}
dark
{\ADD{
to
people}}
and
the
moon
{\ADD{
will
appear}}
red
{\ADD{
to
them.
Those
things
will
happen}}
before
the
important
and
splendid/amazing
day [MTY]
{\ADD{
when
I}},
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God,
will
come
to
judge
everyone}}.
\VS{21}{\ADD{
Before
that
time}},
all
those
who
ask
{\ADD{
me}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
save
them
from
the
guilt
of
their
sins}}
will
be
saved $\{${\ADD{
I}},
the
Lord,
will
save
all
those
who
ask
{\ADD{
me}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
save
them
from
the
guilt
of
their
sins}}.$\}$’ ”
\par }{\SH Peter
said, “You
killed
Jesus
but
God
caused
him
to
live
again.”
\par }{\SR Acts 2:22-24
\par }{\PP \VS{22}{\ADD{
Peter
continued}}, “{\ADD{
My
fellow
}}
Israelites,
listen
to
me!
{\ADD{
When
}}
Jesus
from
Nazareth
{\ADD{
town
lived
}}
among
you,
God
proved
to
you
{\ADD{
that
he
had
sent
him
}}
by enabling
him
to
do
many
amazing
miracles.
You
yourselves
know
{\ADD{
that
this
is
true}}.
\VS{23}{\ADD{
Even
though
you
knew
that}},
you
turned
this
man
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
over
to
his
enemies.
{\ADD{
However}},
God
had
already
planned
for
that,
and
he
knew
all
about
it.
Then
you
urged
men [SYN]
who
do
not
obey
{\ADD{
God’s}}
law
to
kill
Jesus.
They
did
that
by
nailing
him
to
a
cross.
\VS{24}He
suffered
terribly
{\ADD{
when
he
died,
but
God
caused
him
to
become
alive
again}}.
God
did
not
let
him
continue
to
be
dead,
because
it
was
not
possible
for
him [PRS]
to
remain
dead.”
\par }{\SH David foretold
that
the
Messiah
would
rejoice
about
becoming
alive
again.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:25-28
\par }{\PP \VS{25}“{\ADD{
Long
ago
King}}
David
wrote
{\ADD{
what}}
the
Messiah
{\ADD{
said}},
\par }{\PP “
knew
{\ADD{
that}}
you,
Lord
{\ADD{
God,
would
always}}
be
near
me.
You
are
right
beside [MTY]
me,
so
I
will
not
be
afraid
of
{\ADD{
those
who
want
to
harm
me}}.
\VS{26}Because
of
that
I [SYN]
joyfully
praise
{\ADD{
you,
O
God}}.
And
I
am
completely
confident
that
{\ADD{
you(sg)
will}} ◄{\ADD{
cause
my
body}}
to
become
alive
{\ADD{
again}}/{\ADD{
raise
me
from
the
dead}}►.
\VS{27}You
will
not
allow
my
spirit
to
remain
in
the
place
where
the
dead
are.
You
will
not
{\ADD{
even}}
let
my
body
decay,
{\ADD{
because}}
I
am
devoted
to
you
and
always
obey
{\ADD{
you}}.
\VS{28}You
have
told
me
{\ADD{
that
you
will
cause
my
body}}
to
become
alive
{\ADD{
again}}.
You
will
make
me
very
happy
{\ADD{
because}}
you
will
be
with
me
{\ADD{
forever}}.”
\par }{\SH Peter
explained
that
David
wrote
that
the
Messiah
would
become
alive
again.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:29-31
\par }{\PP \VS{29}{\ADD{
Peter}}
continued, “My
fellow
Jews,
I
can
tell
you
confidently
that
{\ADD{
our
royal}} ancestor,
{\ADD{
King}}
David,
died,
and
that
his
{\ADD{
body}}
was
buried $\{$that
{\ADD{
people}}
buried
his
{\ADD{
body}}$\}$.
And
the
place
{\ADD{
where
they}}
buried
his
body
is
{\ADD{
still}}
here
today.
\VS{30}So
{\ADD{
we(inc)
know
that
David
was
not
speaking
those
words
about
himself.
But}}
because
he
was
a
prophet,
{\ADD{
he
spoke
about
the
Messiah}}.
David
knew
that
God
had
strongly
promised
him
that
he
would
cause
one
of
his
descendants
to
become
king [MTY]
like
David
was
king. (OR,
to
{\ADD{
be
the
Messiah
who
would}}
rule
{\ADD{
God’s
people}}
like
David
had
ruled
{\ADD{
them}}.)
\VS{31}David
knew
beforehand
{\ADD{
what
God
would
do}},
so
he
{\ADD{
was
able
to}}
say
that
God
would
cause
the
Messiah
to
live
again
{\ADD{
after
he
died}}.
He
said
that
God
would
not
let
the
Messiah
remain
in
the
place
of
the
dead,
nor
let
his
body
decay.”
\par }{\SH Peter
said, “Jesus
has
abundantly
given
us
the
Holy
Spirit,
shown
by
what
you
see
and
hear.”
\par }{\SR Acts 2:32-35
\par }{\PP \VS{32}“{\ADD{
After}}
this
{\ADD{
man}}
Jesus
{\ADD{
had
died}},
God
caused
him
to
become
alive
{\ADD{
again}}.
All
of
us(exc),
{\ADD{
his
followers}},
have
seen
{\ADD{
and
tell
people}}
that
Jesus
has
become
alive
again.
\VS{33}God
has
greatly
honored
Jesus
{\ADD{
by
causing
him
to
rule}}
right
beside
him [MTY]
{\ADD{
in
heaven}}.
Jesus
has
received
the
Holy
Spirit
from
{\ADD{
God}}
his
Father,
{\ADD{
just
like}}
God
promised.
{\ADD{
So}}
Jesus
has
generously/abundantly
given
us
the
Holy
Spirit,
{\ADD{
and
he
has
shown
that
by}}
what
you
are
seeing
and
hearing.
\VS{34}{\ADD{
We(inc)
know
that
David
was
not
speaking
about
himself}}
because
David
did
not
go
up
into
heaven
{\ADD{
as
Jesus
did}}.
{\ADD{
Besides
that}},
David
himself
said
{\ADD{
this
about
the
Messiah}}:
\par }{\Q The
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
said
to
my
Lord
{\ADD{
the
Messiah}}, ‘Reign
here
beside
me,
\VS{35}while
I
completely
defeat [MTY]
your
enemies.’ ”
\par }{\SH Peter
said, “Know
surely
that
God
has
made
this
Jesus
both
Lord
and
Messiah.”
\par }{\SR Acts 2:36
\par }{\PP \VS{36}{\ADD{
Peter
concluded}}, “So
I
{\ADD{
want
you
and}}
all
{\ADD{
other}}
Israelites [MTY]
to
acknowledge
that
God
has
caused
this
Jesus
to
be
both
{\ADD{
our}}
Lord/Ruler
and
the
Messiah.
{\ADD{
But
God
considers
that}}
you
are
the
ones
who nailed
Jesus
to
a
cross.”
\par }{\SH Peter
told
them
to
repent,
and
said
that believers
would baptize
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:37-40
\par }{\PP \VS{37}When
the
people
heard
what
{\ADD{
Peter
said}},
they
felt
very
guilty [IDM].
So
they
asked
him
and
the
other apostles, “Fellow-countrymen,
what
should
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
do
{\ADD{
so
that
God
will
forgive
us}}?”
\par }{\PP \VS{38}Peter
{\ADD{
answered}}
them, “Each
of
you
should
turn
away
from
your
sinful
behavior.
Then
{\ADD{
we(exc)}}
will baptize
you,
if
{\ADD{
you
now
believe}}
in
Jesus
Christ.
Then
{\ADD{
God}}
will
give
you
the
Holy
Spirit.
\VS{39}{\ADD{
God}}
has
promised
{\ADD{
to
do
that}} [MTY]
for
you
and
your
descendants,
and
for
all
{\ADD{
others
who
believe
in
him}},
even
those
who
{\ADD{
live}}
far
away
{\ADD{
from
here}}.
The
Lord
our
God
{\ADD{
will
give
his
Spirit}}
to
everyone
whom
he
invites
{\ADD{
to
become
his
people}}!”
\VS{40}Peter
spoke
much
more
{\ADD{
and}}
spoke
strongly/forcefully
to
them.
He
pleaded
with
them, “{\ADD{
Ask
God}}
to
save
you
{\ADD{
so
that
he
will
not
punish
you
when
he
punishes}}
these
evil
people
{\ADD{
who
have
rejected
Jesus}}!”
\par }{\SH Many
people
became believers
and
joined
the
other believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:41-42
\par }{\PP \VS{41}So
the
people
who
believed Peter’s
message
were baptized.
There
were
about 3,000 [SYN]
{\ADD{
who
}}
joined
the
group
{\ADD{
of believers
}}
that
day.
\VS{42}They
continually
obeyed
what
the apostles
taught,
and
they
very frequently
met
together
{\ADD{
with
the
other believers}}.
And
they
continually
ate
{\ADD{
together
and
celebrated
the
Lord’s Supper}},
and
continually
prayed
{\ADD{
together}}.
\par }{\SH The apostles
performed
miracles,
all
the believers
shared
everything,
and
the
Lord
helped
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 2:43-47
\par }{\PP \VS{43}All
the
people [SYN]
{\ADD{
who
were
in
Jerusalem}}
were
greatly revering
{\ADD{
God
because}}
the apostles
were frequently
doing
many
kinds
of
miraculous
things.
\VS{44}All
of
those
who
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}
were
united
{\ADD{
and
regularly
met}}
together.
They
were
also
sharing
everything
that
they
had
with
one
another.
\VS{45}{\ADD{
From
time
to
time
some
of}}
them
sold
{\ADD{
some
of}}
their
land
and
{\ADD{
some
of
the
other}}
things
that
they
owned,
and
they
would
give
{\ADD{
some
of}}
the
money
{\ADD{
from
what
they
sold}}
to
others
{\ADD{
among
them}},
according
to
what
they
needed.
\VS{46}Every
day
they
continued
meeting
together
in
the
temple
{\ADD{
area}}.
And
every
day
they
gladly
and
generously
shared
their
food [SYN]
{\ADD{
with
each
other}},
as
they
ate
together
{\ADD{
and
celebrated
the
Lord’s Supper}}
in
their
houses.
\VS{47}{\ADD{
As
they
did
so}},
they
were
praising
God,
and
all
the
{\ADD{
other}}
people
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}
were
{\ADD{
thinking}}
favorably
about
them.
{\ADD{
As
those
things
were happening}},
every
day
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
increased
the
number
of
people
who
were
being
saved $\{$whom
he
was
saving$\}$
{\ADD{
from
the
guilt
of
their
sins}}.

\par }\Chap{3}{\SH Peter healed a lame man, so the people were amazed.
\par }{\SR Acts 3:1-8
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}{\ADD{
One
day}}
Peter
and
John
were
going
to
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard}}.
It
was
three o’clock
in
the
afternoon,
which
was
the
time
when
people
prayed
{\ADD{
there
publicly}}.
\VS{2}There
was
a
man
there
who
had
been
lame
from
the
time
he
was
born.
He
{\ADD{
was
sitting
by}}
the
gate
called
Beautiful
{\ADD{
Gate}},
at
the
entrance
to
the
Temple
{\ADD{
area}}.
People
put
him
there
every
day,
so
that
he
could
ask
those
who
were
entering
{\ADD{
or
leaving}}
the
temple
courtyard
to
give
him
some
money.
\par }{\PP \VS{3}As
Peter
and
John
were
about
to
enter
{\ADD{
the
Temple
courtyard}},
the
lame
man
saw
them
and
asked
them
several
times
to
give
him
some
money. (OR,
The
lame
man
said
to
them
several
times, “Please
give
me
some
money!”)
\VS{4}As
Peter
and
John
looked
directly
at
him,
Peter
said
to
him, “Look
at
us!”
\VS{5}So
he
looked
directly
at
them,
expecting
to
get
some
{\ADD{
money}}
from
them.
\VS{6}Then
Peter
said
to
him, “I
do
not
have
any
money [MTY],
but
what
I
{\ADD{
can
do}},
I
will
{\ADD{
do}}
for
you.
Jesus
Christ,
{\ADD{
who
was}}
from
Nazareth
{\ADD{
town}},
has
authorized [MTY]
me
{\ADD{
to
heal
you!
So
get
up
and}}
walk!”
\VS{7}Then
Peter
grasped
the
man’s
right
hand
and
helped
him
to
stand
up.
Immediately
the
man’s
feet
and
ankles
became
strong.
\VS{8}He jumped
up
and
began
to
walk!
Then
he
entered
the
Temple
{\ADD{
area}}
with
them,
walking
and
leaping
and
praising
God!
\par }{\SH The
people
were
amazed.
\par }{\SR Acts 3:9-10
\par }{\PP \VS{9}All
the
people
{\ADD{
there}}
saw
that
man
walking
and
praising
God.
\VS{10}They
recognized
that
he
was
the
man
who
used
to
sit
at
the
Beautiful
Gate
in
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard}}
and
ask
{\ADD{
people}}
for
money!
So
all
the
people
there
were
greatly
amazed
at
what
had
happened
to
him.
\VS{11}As
the
man
clung
to
Peter
and
John,
all
the
people
were
so
surprised
{\ADD{
that
they
did
not
know
what
to
think}}
So
they
ran
to
the
two apostles
at
the
place
{\ADD{
in
the
Temple
courtyard}}
that
is
called $\{$that
{\ADD{
people}}
call$\}$
Solomon’s
Porch.
\par }{\SH Peter
explained
that
Jesus
healed
the
man,
and
they
should
repent.
\par }{\SR Acts 3:12-16
\par }{\PP \VS{12}When
Peter
saw
that,
he
said
to
the
crowd, “Fellow
Israelites, ◄you
should
not
be
surprised
about
what
has
happened
to
this
man!/why
are
you
so
surprised
about
what
has
happened
to
this
man?► [RHQ]
And
you
should
not
stare
at
us,
either!
You
seem
to [RHQ]
think
that
the
two
of
us
enabled
this
man
to
walk
because
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
ourselves
are
powerful
or
because
we
please
God
very
much!
\VS{13}{\ADD{
So
I
will
tell
you
what
is
really happening}}.
Our
ancestors,
including
Abraham,
Isaac,
and
Jacob,
worshipped
God.
And
now
he
has
greatly
honored
Jesus,
who
always
served
him.
Your
{\ADD{
leaders}}
brought
Jesus
{\ADD{
to
the
governor,
Pilate}},
so
that
{\ADD{
his
soldiers
would
kill
him}}.
And
{\ADD{
God
considers
that}}
in
front
of
Pilate
you
{\ADD{
were
the
ones
who
rejected}}
Jesus
{\ADD{
as
your
king}},
after
Pilate
had
decided
that
he
should
release
Jesus.
\VS{14}{\ADD{
Although
Jesus}}
always
did
what
was
right/just
and
good,
you
rejected
him.
{\ADD{Pilate
wanted
to
release
him,
but}}
you
urgently
asked Pilate
to
release ◄a
murderer/someone
who
had
killed
people►!
\VS{15}{\ADD{
God
considers
that}}
you
killed
{\ADD{
Jesus}},
the
one
who
gives
people
{\ADD{
eternal}}
life.
But
God
has
greatly
honored
him ◄by
causing
him
to
become
alive
again
after
he
died/by
raising
him
from
the
dead►.
Many
of
us
saw
{\ADD{
him
after
that,
and
now}}
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
are
telling
{\ADD{
you}}
about
it.
\VS{16}It
is
because
{\ADD{
we
two}}
trusted
in
what
Jesus [MTY, PRS]
{\ADD{
could
do,
that
he}}
made
this
man,
whom
you
see
and
know,
strong
again.
Yes,
it
is
because
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
trusted
in
Jesus
that
he
has
completely
healed
this
man
for
all
of
you
to
see.”
\par }{\SH Peter
told
the
people
to
repent.
\par }{\SR Acts 3:17-26
\par }{\PP \VS{17}“Now,
my fellow-countrymen,
I
know
that
you
and
your
leaders
did
that
{\ADD{
to
Jesus}}
because
you
{\ADD{
and
they}}
did
not
know
{\ADD{
that
he
was
the
Messiah}}.
\VS{18}However,
{\ADD{
your
putting
him
to
death}}
was
what
God
had
predicted
that
people
would
do.
{\ADD{
Long
ago}}
he
told
all
the
prophets [MTY]
to
write
{\ADD{
what
people
would
do
to
the
Messiah.
They
wrote}}
that
the
Messiah,
whom
God
{\ADD{
would
send}},
would
suffer
{\ADD{
and
die}}.
\VS{19}So,
turn
away
from
your
sinful
behavior
and
ask
God
{\ADD{
to
help
you}}
do
what
pleases
{\ADD{
him}},
in
order
that
he
may
completely
forgive
you
for
your
sins.
\VS{20}{\ADD{
If
you
do
that}},
there
will
be
times
{\ADD{
when
you
will
know
that}}
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God
is}}
helping
{\ADD{
you}}.
And
some
day
he
will
{\ADD{
again}}
send
back
{\ADD{
to
earth}}
the
Messiah,
whom
he
appointed
for
you.
That
person
is
Jesus.
\VS{21}Jesus
must
stay
in
heaven
until
the
time
when
God
will
cause
all
that
he
has
created
to
become
new.
Long
ago
God
promised
{\ADD{
to
do
that,
and}}
he
chose
holy
prophets
to
tell
{\ADD{
that
to
people}}.
\VS{22}For
{\ADD{
example,
the
prophet}}
Moses
said
{\ADD{
this
about
the
Messiah}}: ‘The
Lord ◄your
God/the
God
whom
you
{\ADD{
worship}}►
will
cause
someone
to
become
a
prophet
to
tell
you
{\ADD{
God’s
message.
God
will
send
him}}
as
{\ADD{
he
sent}}
me,
{\ADD{
and
he
will
be}}
from
among
your
own
people.
You
must
listen
to
everything
that
this
prophet
tells
you
{\ADD{
and
obey
him}} [SYN].
\VS{23}{\ADD{
Those
who}}
do
not
listen
to
{\ADD{
that
prophet
and
obey}}
him
will
no
longer
belong
to
God’s
people,
and
{\ADD{
God}}
will
get
rid
of them’.”
\VS{24}{\ADD{
Peter
continued}}, “All
the
prophets
have
told
{\ADD{
about
what
would
happen
during}}
the
time [MTY]
{\ADD{
in
which
we(inc)
are
living.
Those
prophets
include}}
Samuel
{\ADD{
and
all
the
others
who}}
later
also
spoke
{\ADD{
about
these
events}}
before
they
happened.
\VS{25}You
{\ADD{
as
well
as
we(exc)}}
are
the
people
{\ADD{
to
whom
God
sent
the
Messiah,
as}}
the
prophets
said [MTY]
{\ADD{
that
he
would}}.
And
when
God
strongly
promised
{\ADD{
to
bless}}
our
ancestors,
he
also
surely
promised
to
bless
you.
He
said
to
Abraham
{\ADD{
concerning
the
Messiah}}, ‘{\ADD{
I}}
will
bless
all
people
on
the
earth
as
a
result
of
{\ADD{
what}}
your
descendant
{\ADD{
will
do}}.’ ”
\VS{26}{\ADD{Peter
concluded}}, “{\ADD{
So}}
when
God
sent
{\ADD{
to
the
earth}} ◄Jesus,
the
one
who
always
obeys
him/his
servant Jesus►,
he
sent
him
first
to
you
{\ADD{
Israelites}}
to
bless
you.
{\ADD{
God
will}}
enable
you
to
stop
doing
what
is
wicked
{\ADD{
and
to
start
doing
what
pleases
him}}.”

\par }\Chap{4}{\SH Jewish leaders arrested Peter and John, but many people became believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:1-4
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}{\ADD{
Meanwhile,
in
the
temple
courtyard,
there
were
some}}
priests,
the
officer
who
was
in
charge
of
the
temple police,
and
{\ADD{
also
some}} [SYN] Sadducee
{\ADD{sect
members}}.
These
men
came
to
Peter
and
John
while
the
two
of
them
were
speaking
to
the
people.
\VS{2}These
men
were
very
angry,
because
the
{\ADD{
two}} apostles
were
teaching
the
people
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
What
they
were
telling
the
people
was
that
because ◄{\ADD{
God
caused
Jesus
to
become
alive
again/God
raised}}
Jesus
{\ADD{
from
the
dead}}►,
{\ADD{
God}}
would
cause
other
people
who
had
died
to
become
alive
again.
\VS{3}So
those
officials
seized
Peter
and
John.
Then
they
put
them
in
jail.
{\ADD{
They
had
to
wait}}
until
the
next
day
{\ADD{
to
question
Peter
and
John}},
because
it
was
already
evening
{\ADD{
and
it
was
contrary
to
their
Jewish
law
to
question
people
at
night}}.
\VS{4}However,
many
people
who
had
heard
the
message
{\ADD{
from
Peter}}
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}. (OR,
But
many
people
had
{\ADD{
already}}
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus,
because}}
they
had
heard
the
message
{\ADD{
from
Peter}}.)
So
the
number
of
men
{\ADD{
who
believed
in
Jesus}}
increased
to
about
five 5,000.
\par }{\SH Jewish
leaders
questioned
Peter
and
John
about
healing
the
lame
man.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:5-7
\par }{\PP \VS{5}The
next
day
{\ADD{
the supreme
priest
summoned}}
the
{\ADD{
other}}
chief
priests,
the
teachers
of
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
laws,
and
the
other
members
{\ADD{
of
the
Jewish
Council,
and
they}}
gathered
together
{\ADD{
in
one
place}}
in
Jerusalem.
\VS{6}Annas,
{\ADD{
the
former}} supreme
priest,
Caiaphas
{\ADD{
who
was
the
new supreme
priest}},
{\ADD{
two
other
former supreme
priests
whose
names
were}}
John
and Alexander,
and
other
men
who
were
related
to
the supreme
priest
{\ADD{
were
there}}.
\VS{7}They
{\ADD{
commanded
guards
to}}
bring
Peter
and
John
into
the courtroom [MTY]
and
have
them
stand
in
front
of
them.
{\ADD{
Then
one
of}}
the
leaders
questioned
{\ADD{
the
two
of}}
them,
saying, “Who
{\ADD{
do
you
two
claim}}
gave
you
the
power
{\ADD{
to
heal
this
man}}?
And
who
authorized [MTY]
you
to
do
this [DOU]?”
\par }{\SH Peter
told
them
that
Jesus
healed
the
man
and
only
Jesus
could
save
people.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:8-12
\par }{\PP \VS{8}So
as
the
Holy
Spirit
completely
controlled
Peter,
he
said
to
them, “You
{\ADD{
fellow
Israelites}}
who
rule
us
and
{\ADD{
all
of
you
other}}
elders,
{\ADD{
listen}}!
\VS{9}Today
you
are questioning
us
concerning
our
doing
something
good
for
a
man
who
was
crippled,
and
you
asked
us
how
he
was
healed.
\VS{10}So
{\ADD{
we(exc)
want}}
you
and
all
{\ADD{
of
our
other}}
fellow
Israelites
to
know
this:
It
is
because
Jesus
the
Messiah [MTY]
from
Nazareth
healed
this
man
that
he
is
able
to
stand
here.
{\ADD{
God
considers
that}}
it
was
you
who nailed
Jesus
to
a
cross,
but
God
caused
him
to
become
alive
again.
\VS{11}{\ADD{
In
the
Psalms
this
was
written
about
the
Messiah:}}
\par }{\Q He
is
{\ADD{
like}} [MET]
the
stone
that
was
rejected
by
the
builders $\{$that
the
builders
rejected$\}$.
\par }{\Q But
that
stone
became
the
most
important
stone
in
the
building
{\ADD{
that
they
were
building}}.
\par }{\PP {\ADD{
Jesus
is
that
stone,
and}}
you
{\ADD{
are
those
builders
who
threw
away
the
stone
that
was
the
most
important
one}}.
\VS{12}So
he
alone
can
save
us [MTY].
{\ADD{
God}}
has
sent
only
one
person [MTY]
into
the
world
who
can
save
us
{\ADD{
from
the
guilt
of
our
sins,
and
that
person
is
Jesus}}!”
\par }{\SH The
Jewish
leaders
realized
that
Peter
and
John
had
been associating
with
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:13-14
\par }{\PP \VS{13}The
{\ADD{
Jewish
leaders}}
realized
that
Peter
and
John ◄were
not
afraid
{\ADD{
of
them}}/spoke
boldly►.
They
also
learned
that
the
two
men
were
ordinary
people
who
had
not
studied
in schools.
So
the
leaders
were
amazed,
and
they
realized
that
these
men
had
associated
with
Jesus.
\VS{14}They
also
saw
the
man
who
had
been
healed
standing
there
with
{\ADD{
the
two
of}}
them,
so
they
were
not
able
to
say
anything
{\ADD{
to
oppose Peter
and John}}.
\par }{\SH The
Jewish
leaders
commanded
the
two apostles
to
stop
teaching
people
about
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:15-18
\par }{\PP \VS{15}So
the
{\ADD{
Jewish
leaders}}
commanded
{\ADD{
guards}}
to
take Peter, John,
and
the
man
outside
of
the
room
{\ADD{
where
those
leaders
were
meeting.
After
they
did
so}},
the
leaders
talked
with
each
other
{\ADD{
about Peter
and John}}.
\VS{16}{\ADD{
Being
frustrated,
one
after
another}},
they
said, “◄There
is
really
nothing
that
we
can
do
to
{\ADD{
punish}}
these
{\ADD{
two}}
men!/How
can
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
do
anything
to
{\ADD{
punish}}
these
{\ADD{
two}}
men?► [RHQ]
Almost
everyone [HYP]
who
is
living
in
Jerusalem
knows
that
they
have
done
an
amazing
miracle,
so
we
cannot
tell
people
that
it
did
not
happen!
\VS{17}However,
{\ADD{
we}}
must
not
allow
other
people
to
hear
about
{\ADD{
this
miracle}}.
So
we
must
tell
these
men
that
{\ADD{
we
will
punish
them
if
they}}
continue
to
tell
other
people
about
this [MTY]
man
{\ADD{
who
they
say
gave
them
the
power
to
do
it}}.”
\VS{18}So
the
Jewish
leaders
{\ADD{
commanded
guards}}
to
bring
the
two apostles
{\ADD{
into
that
room
again.
After
they
did
so}},
they
{\ADD{
commanded}}
them
both
that
they
should
never
speak
about
Jesus,
and
they
should
not
teach
{\ADD{
anyone
about
him}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
again}}.
\par }{\SH Peter
and
John
said
that
they
needed
to
continue
speaking
about
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:19-20
\par }{\PP \VS{19}But
Peter
and
John
replied, “Would
God
think
that
it
is
right
{\ADD{
for
us
two}}
to
obey
you
and
not
{\ADD{
to
obey}}
him?
{\ADD{
We(exc)
will
let}}
you
decide
{\ADD{
which
of
those
you
think
is
proper}}.
\VS{20}{\ADD{
But
as
for
us,
we
cannot
obey
you}}.
We
will
not
stop
telling
people
about
the
things
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
seen
{\ADD{
Jesus
do}}
and
what
we
have
heard
{\ADD{
him
teach}}.”
\par }{\SH The
Jewish
leaders
threatened
to
punish
Peter
and
John
and
then
released
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:21-22
\par }{\PP \VS{21-22}Then
the
{\ADD{
Jewish
leaders}}
again
told
{\ADD{Peter
and John}}
not
to
disobey
them.
But
all
the
people
{\ADD{
there}}
were
praising
God
about
what
had
happened
{\ADD{
to
the
lame
man.
The
leaders
knew
that
only
God
could
have
enabled Peter
and John}}
to miraculously
heal
the
man,
because
the
man
was
more
than 40
years
old
{\ADD{
and
he
was
lame
when
his
mother
bore
him.
They
also
knew
that
the
people
would
become
angry
if
they
punished
the
two apostles}}.
So,
because
they
could
not
decide
how
to
punish Peter
and John,
{\ADD{
they
finally}}
let
them
go.
\par }{\SH The believers
talked
to
God
about
those
who
opposed
him
and
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:23-28
\par }{\PP \VS{23}After
Peter
and
John
had
been
released,
they
went
to
the
other believers
and
reported
all
that
the
chief
priests
and
{\ADD{
other
Jewish}}
elders
had
said
to
them.
\VS{24}When
they
heard
that,
they
{\ADD{
all}}
agreed
as
they
prayed
to
God,
and
{\ADD{
one
of}}
them
prayed, “O
Lord!
You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
made
the
sky,
the
earth
and
the
oceans,
and
everything
in
them.
\VS{25}The
Holy
Spirit
caused
our
ancestor,
{\ADD{
King
}}
David [MTY],
who
served
you,
to
write
these
words:
\par }{\PI {\ADD{
It
is ridiculous
}} [RHQ]
that
the non-Jews
became
angry
and
the
Israelite
people
planned
uselessly
{\ADD{
to
oppose
God}}.
\par }{\PI \VS{26}The
kings
of
the
world
prepared
to
fight
{\ADD{
God’s
Ruler}},
and
the
{\ADD{
other}}
rulers
assembled
together
{\ADD{
with
them}}
to
oppose
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
and
the
one
whom
he
had
appointed
{\ADD{
to
be
the
Messiah}}.
\par }{\PP \VS{27}{\ADD{
Lord,
we
know
that
what
you(sg)
said
long
ago
was
true}},
because
{\ADD{
King}}
Herod
and
the
{\ADD{
governor}},
Pontius
Pilate,
and
many
other
people,
both non-Jews
and
Israelites,
assembled
together
{\ADD{
here}}
in
this
city.
{\ADD{
They}}
planned
{\ADD{
to
kill}}
Jesus,
who devotedly
served
you
{\ADD{
and}}
whom
you
appointed [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
be
the
Messiah}}.
\VS{28}{\ADD{
Because}}
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are all-powerful,
those
people
did
{\ADD{
only}}
what
you [SYN]
allowed
{\ADD{
them
to
do}}.
It
was
what
you
decided
long
ago
would
happen.”
\par }{\SH The believers
asked
God
to
help
them
speak
boldly
to
people
about
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:29-30
\par }{\PP \VS{29}“So
now,
Lord,
listen
to
what
they
are
saying
about
punishing
us!
Help
us
who
serve
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
very
boldly
speak
messages
from
you
{\ADD{(sg)
about
Jesus}}
\VS{30}{\ADD{
Also}},
by
your
power [MTY] miraculously
heal
{\ADD{
sick
people}}
and
do
other
amazing
miracles [SYN]
that
show
people
your
power!
Ask
Jesus,
who
always
serves
you,
{\ADD{
to
give
us
the
authority}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
do
such
miracles}}!”
\par }{\SH God
shook
the
place
where
they
were,
and
his
Spirit
enabled
them
to
speak
his
words
boldly.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:31
\par }{\PP \VS{31}When
the believers
had
finished
praying,
the
place
where
they
were
meeting
shook.
All
of
them
were ◄completely
controlled/empowered►
by
the
Holy
Spirit $\{$the
Holy
Spirit ◄completely
controlled/empowered►
all
of
them$\}$,
with
the
result
that
they
began
to
speak
boldly
the
words
that
God
{\ADD{
told
them
to
speak}}.
\par }{\SH The believers
shared
everything,
and
the apostles
told
others
about
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:32-35
\par }{\PP \VS{32}The
group
of
people
who
had
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}
were
completely
agreed
about
what
they
thought
and
what
they
wanted/desired.
Not
one
of
them
claimed
that
he
{\ADD{
alone}}
owned
anything.
Instead,
they
shared
with
one
another
everything
that
they
had.
\VS{33}The apostles
continued
to
tell
others,
very powerfully,
{\ADD{
that
God}}
had ◄caused
the
Lord
Jesus
to
become
alive
again/raised
the
Lord
Jesus
from
the
dead►.
{\ADD{
People
knew
that
God}}
was
graciously
helping
all
the believers.
\VS{34}{\ADD{
Some
of}}
the believers
who
owned
land
or
houses
would occasionally
sell
{\ADD{
some
of}}
their
property.
Then
they
would
bring
{\ADD{
the
money
for
what
they
sold}}
\VS{35}and
they
would
present
it
to
the apostles [MTY].
Then
{\ADD{
the apostles}}
would
give
money
to
any
{\ADD{believer}}
who
needed
{\ADD{
it}}.
So
no
one
among
the believers
was
lacking
anything.
\par }{\SH Joseph Barnabas
sold
a
field
and
brought
the
money
to
the apostles.
\par }{\SR Acts 4:36-37
\par }{\PP \VS{36}{\ADD{
For
example,
there
was}}
Joseph.
{\ADD{
He
was}}
a
descendant
of
Levi
{\ADD{
and
he
was
born}}
on
Cyprus
{\ADD{
Island}}.
The apostles
called
him Barnabas;
{\ADD{
in
the
Jewish
language}}
that
name
means
a
person
who [IDM]
always
encourages
{\ADD{
others}}.
\VS{37}He
sold
one
of
his
fields,
and
brought
the
money
to
the apostles
{\ADD{
for
them
to
distribute
to
other believers}}.

\par }\Chap{5}{\SH Ananias pretended to give the apostles all the money from selling a field.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:1-2
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}But
there
was
one
of
{\ADD{
the believers}}
whose
name
was Ananias,
and
whose
wife’s
name
was
Sapphira.
He
{\ADD{
also}}
sold
some
land.
\VS{2}He
kept
for
himself
some
of
the
money
{\ADD{
he
had
received
for
the
land}},
and
his
wife
knew
that
he
had
done
that.
Then
he
brought
the
rest
of
the
money
and
presented
it
to
the apostles [MTY].
\par }{\SH People
were
terrified
when
they
saw
or
heard
that Ananias
had
died.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:3-6
\par }{\PP \VS{3}Then
Peter
said, “Ananias,
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
let
Satan
completely
control
you [MTY]
so
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)
tried
to}}
deceive
the
Holy
Spirit
{\ADD{
and
us(exc)}}. ◄That
was
{\ADD{
terrible!/Why
did
you
do
such
a
terrible
thing}}?► [RHQ]
{\ADD{
You}}
have
kept
for
yourself
some
of
the
money
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
received
for
{\ADD{
selling}}
the
land,
{\ADD{
pretending
that
you(sg)
were
giving
us
all
of
it}}.
\VS{4}Before
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
sold
that
land,
you
truly
owned [RHQ]
it.
And
after
you
sold
it,
you
could [RHQ]
certainly
still
have
used
the
money
any
way
you
wanted
{\ADD{
to}}.
So
why
did
you
{\ADD{(sg)
ever}}
think [RHQ]
about
doing
this
{\ADD{
wicked}}
thing?
You
were
not
{\ADD{
merely
trying
to}}
deceive
us!
No,
{\ADD{
you
tried
to
deceive}}
God
{\ADD{
himself!}}!”
\VS{5}When Ananias
heard
that,
{\ADD{
immediately}}
he
fell
down
dead.
So
all
{\ADD{
who
were
there}}
who
heard
{\ADD{
about Ananias’
death}}
became
terrified [PRS].
\VS{6}Some
young
men
came
in,
wrapped
his
{\ADD{
body
in
a sheet}},
and
carried
it
out
{\ADD{
and}}
buried
it.
\par }{\SH Sapphira
also
died
because
she
lied,
and
some
men
buried
her
beside
her
husband.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:7-11
\par }{\PP \VS{7}About
three
hours
later,
his
wife
came
in,
{\ADD{
but}}
she
did
not
know
what
had
happened.
\VS{8}{\ADD{
As}}
Peter
{\ADD{
showed
her
the
money}}
that
{\ADD{Ananias
had
brought}},
he
asked
her, “Tell
me,
is
this
the
amount
{\ADD{
of
money
you
two
received
for}}
the
land
you
sold?”
She
said, “Yes,
that’s
{\ADD{
what
we(exc)
received}}.”
\VS{9}So
Peter
said
to
her, “{\ADD{
You
both
did
a
terrible
thing!}}
You
two
agreed [RHQ]
to
try
to
determine
if
you
could
do
that
without
the
Spirit
of
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
revealing
{\ADD{
to
anyone
that
you
two
tried
to
deceive
them!}}
Listen!
{\ADD{
Do
you(sg)
hear
the}}
footsteps [SYN]
of
the
men
who
buried
your
husband?
They
are
right
outside
this
door,
and
they
will
carry
your
{\ADD{
corpse}}
out
{\ADD{
to
bury
it,
too}}!”
\VS{10}Immediately Sapphira
fell
down
dead
at Peter’s
feet.
Then
the
young
men
came
in.
When
they
saw
that
she
was
dead,
they
carried
her
{\ADD{
body}}
out
and
buried
it
beside
her
husband’s
{\ADD{
body}}.
\par }{\PP \VS{11}So
all
the believers
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}
became
greatly
frightened [PRS]
{\ADD{
because
of
what
God
had
done
to Ananias
and Sapphira.
And}}
all
{\ADD{
the
others}}
who
heard
{\ADD{
people
tell
about}}
those
things
also
{\ADD{
became
greatly
frightened}}.
\par }{\SH The apostles
healed
many
people,
and
many
people
believed
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:12-16
\par }{\PP \VS{12}{\ADD{
God
was enabling}}
the apostles
to
do
many
amazing
miracles
among
the
people.
All
the believers
were
meeting
together
regularly
{\ADD{
in
the
temple
courtyard}}
at
{\ADD{
the
place
called}}
Solomon’s
Porch.
\VS{13}All
of
the
other
people
{\ADD{
who
had
not
yet
believed
in Jesus}}
were
afraid
to
associate
with
the believers,
{\ADD{
because
they
knew
that
if
they
did
anything
evil,
God
would
punish
them,
as
well
as
revealing
it
to
the believers}}.
However,
those
people
continued
to
greatly
respect
the believers.
\VS{14}Many
more
men
and
women
started
believing
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}},
and
they
joined
the
{\ADD{
group
of}}
believers.
\VS{15}{\ADD{
The apostles
were
doing
amazing
miracles}},
so
{\ADD{
people}}
were
bringing
those
who
were
sick
into
the
streets,
and
laying
them
on stretchers
and
mats,
in
order
that
{\ADD{
when}}
Peter
came
by
{\ADD{
he
would
touch
them,
or}}
at
least
his
shadow
might
fall
upon
some
of
them
{\ADD{
and
heal
them}}.
\VS{16}Crowds
of
people
were
also
coming
{\ADD{
to
the apostles}}
from
the
towns
near
Jerusalem.
They
were
bringing
their
sick
{\ADD{
relatives/friends}}
and
those
who
were
being
tormented/troubled
by
evil
spirits $\{$whom
evil
spirits
were tormenting/troubling$\}$,
and
{\ADD{
God}}
healed
all
of
them.
\par }{\SH Jewish
leaders jailed
the apostles,
but
an
angel
freed
them
to
teach
people.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:17-21a
\par }{\PP \VS{17}Then
the
high
priest
and
all
who
were
with
him,
who
were
members
of
the
{\ADD{local}} Sadducee
{\ADD{sect
in
Jerusalem}},
became
very
jealous
{\ADD{
of
the apostles,
because
many
people
were accepting
the apostles’
message}}.
\VS{18}So
they
commanded
the
Temple
guards
to
seize
the apostles
and
put
them
in
the
public
jail.
\VS{19}{\ADD{
The
guards
did
that}},
but
during
the
night
an
angel
from
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
opened
the
jail
doors
and
brought
the apostles
outside!
{\ADD{
The
guards
were
not
aware
of
what
the
angel
had
done}}.
\VS{20}Then
the
angel
said
{\ADD{
to
the apostles}}, “Go
to
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard}},
stand
there,
and
tell
the
people
all
about
{\ADD{
how
God
can
give
them
eternal}}
life!”
\VS{21}So
having
heard
this,
about
dawn
they
entered
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard}}
and
began
to
teach
the
people
again
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH The
Jewish
leaders
were
perplexed
because
the apostles
were
not
in
jail.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:21b-24
\par }{\PP Meanwhile,
the
high
priest
and
those
who
were
with
him
summoned
the
other
Jewish
Council
members.
Altogether
they
made
up
the
entire
Council
of
Israel.
{\ADD{
After
they
all
gathered
together}},
they
sent
{\ADD{
guards}}
to
the
jail
to
bring
in
the apostles.
\VS{22}But
when
the
guards
arrived
at
the
jail,
they
discovered
that
the apostles
were
not
there.
So
they
returned
to
the
Council,
and
{\ADD{
one
of}}
them
reported,
\VS{23}“We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
saw
that
the
jail
{\ADD{
doors}}
were
very
securely
locked,
and
the
guards
were
standing
at
the
doors.
But
when
we
opened
{\ADD{
the
doors
and
went
in
to
get
those
men}},
none
{\ADD{
of
them
was}}
inside
{\ADD{
the
jail}}!”
\VS{24}When
the
captain
of
the
temple
guards
and
the
chief
priests
heard
that,
they
became
greatly
perplexed,
{\ADD{
wondering}}
what
might
result
from
all
this.
\par }{\SH After
finding
them,
the
leaders
brought
the apostles
back
to
question
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:25-26
\par }{\PP \VS{25}Then
someone
came
{\ADD{
from
the
Temple
courtyard}}
and
{\ADD{excitedly}}
reported
to
them, “Listen
{\ADD{
to
this!
Right
now}}
the
men
whom
you
put
in
jail
are
standing
in
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard}}
and
they
are
teaching
the
people
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}!”
\VS{26}So
the
captain
{\ADD{
of
the
Temple
guards}}
went
{\ADD{
to
the
Temple
courtyard}}
with
the
officers,
and
they
brought
the apostles
{\ADD{
back
to
the
Council
room.
But
they}}
did
not
treat
them
roughly,
because
they
were
afraid
that
the
people
would
{\ADD{
kill
them
by}}
throwing
stones
at
them
{\ADD{
if
they
hurt
the apostles}}.
\par }{\SH Peter
and
the
other apostles
said
that
they
must
obey
God.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:27-33
\par }{\PP \VS{27}After
{\ADD{
the
captain
and
his
officers}}
had
brought
{\ADD{
the apostles
to
the
Council
room}},
they
commanded
them
to
stand
in
front
of
the
Council
members,
and
the
high
priest
questioned
them.
\VS{28}He
said
to
them
{\ADD{accusingly}}, “We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
strongly
commanded
you
not
to
teach
people
about
that
man [MTY]
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
But
{\ADD{
you
have
disobeyed
us,
and}}
you
have
taught
people
all
over
Jerusalem
{\ADD{
about
him}}!
Furthermore,
you
are
trying
to
make
it
seem
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
are
the
ones
who
are
guilty [MTY]
for
that
man’s
death!”
\VS{29}But
Peter,
{\ADD{
speaking
for
himself}}
and
the
other apostles,
replied, “We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
to
obey
{\ADD{
what}}
God
{\ADD{
commands
us
to
do}},
not
what
{\ADD{
you}}
people
{\ADD{
tell
us
to
do}}!
\VS{30}God
considers
that
you
are
the
ones
who
killed
Jesus
by nailing
him
to
a
cross!
But
God,
whom
our
ancestors
{\ADD{
worshipped}}, ◄caused
Jesus
to
become
alive
again
after
he
died/raised
Jesus
from
the
dead►.
\VS{31}God
has
greatly
honored
Jesus.
{\ADD{
He
has
taken
him
up
to
heaven!
He
has
authorized
him}}
to
be
the
one
who
will
save
us
and
to
rule
{\ADD{
over
our
lives!
God
did
this}}
so
that
he
might
enable
{\ADD{
us}}
Israelites [MTY]
to
turn
away
from
{\ADD{
our}}
sinful
behavior
and
{\ADD{
that
he
might}}
forgive
{\ADD{
us
for
our
sins}}.
\VS{32}We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
tell
people
about
these
things
{\ADD{
that
we
know
happened
to
Jesus}},
and
the
Holy
Spirit,
whom
God
has
sent
to
{\ADD{
us}}
who
obey
him,
is
also
confirming
{\ADD{
that
these
things
are
true}}.”
\VS{33}When
the
Council
members
heard
those
words,
they
became
very
angry
{\ADD{
with
the apostles}},
and
they
wanted
to
kill
them.
\par }{\SH After
beating
the apostles,
they
followed Gamaliel’s
advice
and
released
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:34-40
\par }{\PP \VS{34}But
{\ADD{
there
was
a
Council
member}}
named
Gamaliel.
He
was
a
Pharisee,
and
one
who
taught
people
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
laws,
and
all
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people
respected
him.
He
stood
up
in
the
Council
and
told
{\ADD{
guards}}
to
take
the apostles
out
{\ADD{
of
the
room}}
for
a
short
time.
\VS{35}{\ADD{
After
the
guards
had
taken
the apostles
out}},
he
said
to
the
other
Council
members, “Fellow
Israelites,
you
need
to
think
carefully
about
what
you
are
about
to
do
to
these
men,
{\ADD{
and
I
will
tell
you
why}}.
\VS{36}Some
years
ago
{\ADD{
a
man
named}}
Theudas
rebelled
{\ADD{
against
the Roman
government}}.
He
told
people
that
he
was
an
important
person,
and
about 400
men
joined
{\ADD{
him.
But
he
was
killed}} $\{${\ADD{
soldiers}}
killed
him$\}$
and
all
those
who
had
been
accompanying
him
were
scattered.
{\ADD{
So
they}}
were
not
able
to
do
anything
{\ADD{
that
they
had
planned}}.
\VS{37}After
that,
during
the
time
when
they
were ◄writing
down
names
of
the
people/taking
the
census►
{\ADD{
in
order
to
tax
people,
a
man
named}}
Judas
from
Galilee
{\ADD{
province}}
rebelled
{\ADD{
against
the Roman
government}}.
He
persuaded
some
people
to
accompany
him.
But
{\ADD{
soldiers}}
killed
him,
too,
and
all
those
who
had
accompanied
him
went
off
in
different
directions.
\VS{38}So
now
I
say
{\ADD{
this}}
to
you:
Do
not
harm
these
men!
Release
them!
I
say
this
because
if
{\ADD{
this
is
just
something}}
that humans
have
planned,
they
will
not
be
able
to
do
it.
They
will
fail,
{\ADD{
like Theudas
and
Judas
did}}
\VS{39}But,
if
God
{\ADD{
has
commanded
them
to
do
it}},
you
will
not
be
able
to
prevent
them
{\ADD{
from
doing
it,
because}}
you
will
find
out
that
you
are opposing
God!”
The
other
members
of
the
Council
accepted
what
Gamaliel
said.
\VS{40}They
told
the
{\ADD{
temple
guards
to
bring
the apostles
and
flog
them.
So
the
guards}}
brought
them
{\ADD{
into
the
Council
room}}
and
flogged
them.
Then
the
Council
members
commanded
them
not
to
speak
to
people
about [MTY]
Jesus,
and
they
released
the apostles.
\par }{\SH The apostles
rejoiced
and
continued
to
tell
others
about
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 5:41-42
\par }{\PP \VS{41}So
the apostles
left
the
Council.
They
were
rejoicing,
because
{\ADD{
they
knew
God}}
had
honored
them
{\ADD{
by
letting
people}}
disgrace
them
because
they
were
followers [MTY]
of
Jesus.
\VS{42}And
every
day
{\ADD{
the apostles
went
to}}
the
temple
{\ADD{
area}}
and
to
various
{\ADD{
people’s}}
houses,
{\ADD{
and}}
they
continued [LIT]
teaching
{\ADD{
people}}
and
telling
{\ADD{
them}}
that
Jesus
is
the
Messiah.

\par }\Chap{6}{\SH The believers neglected the Greek-speaking widows.
\par }{\SR Acts 6:1
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}During
that
time,
many
more
people
were
becoming believers.
{\ADD{
Some
of
them
were
from
other
countries
and
spoke
only
the Greek
language,
but
most
of
them
had
always
lived
in
Israel
and
spoke
the
Hebrew
language}}.
Those
who
spoke Greek
began
to
complain
about
those
who
spoke
Hebrew.
They
were
saying. “When
{\ADD{
you Hebrew-speaking believers}}
distribute
{\ADD{
food
or
money}}
to
widows
every
day,
you
are
not
giving
fair
amounts
to
the
widows
who
speak Greek!”
\par }{\SH The apostles
told
the
other believers
to
choose
men
to
care
for
those
widows.
\par }{\SR Acts 6:2-4
\par }{\PP \VS{2}So,
{\ADD{
after
the
}}
twelve
{\ADD{apostles
had
heard
what
they
were
complaining
about}},
they
summoned
all
the
{\ADD{
other
}} believers
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem
to
meet
}}
together.
Then
the apostles
said
{\ADD{
to
those
other believers}}, “We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
would
not
be
doing
right
if
we
stopped
{\ADD{
preaching
and
teaching
}}
God’s
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus
}}
in
order
to
distribute
food [MTY]
{\ADD{
and
money
to
the
widows}}!
\VS{3}So,
fellow believers,
carefully
choose
seven
men
from
among
you,
men
whom
{\ADD{
you}}
know
that
the
Spirit
{\ADD{
of
God}}
controls
completely
and
who
are
very
wise.
Then
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
will
appoint
them
to
do
this
work,
\VS{4}and
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
will
devote
our
time
to
pray
and
to
preach
and
teach
the
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.”
\par }{\SH The apostles
appointed
seven
men
to
care
for
the widows’
needs.
\par }{\SR Acts 6:5-6
\par }{\PP \VS{5}What
the apostles recommended
pleased
all
of
the
{\ADD{
other}} believers.
So
they
group
chose
Stephen.
He
was
a
man
who
strongly
believed
{\ADD{
in
God}}
and
whom
the
Holy
Spirit
controlled
completely.
{\ADD{
They
also
chose}}
Philip, Procorus,
Nicanor,
Timon,
Parmenas,
and
Nicolas
who
was
from Antioch
{\ADD{
city}}.
Nicolas
had
accepted
the
Jewish religion
{\ADD{
before
he
had
believed
in
Jesus}}.
\VS{6}They
brought
these
{\ADD{
seven}}
men
to
the apostles.
Then
after
the apostles
prayed
{\ADD{
for
those
men}},
they
placed
their
hands
on
{\ADD{
the
heads
of
each
one
of}}
them
{\ADD{
to
appoint
them
to
do
that
work}}.
\par }{\SH The
number
of
people
who
were
becoming believers
increased
greatly.
\par }{\SR Acts 6:7
\par }{\PP \VS{7}So
{\ADD{
the believers}}
continued
to
tell
many
people
the
message
from
God. ◄The
number
of
people
in
Jerusalem
who
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}
was
increasing
greatly./More
and
more
people
in
Jerusalem
were
believing
in
Jesus.►
{\ADD{
Among
them}}
were
many
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
priests
who
were
believing
the
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH People
opposed Stephen,
but
could
not
refute
his
arguments.
\par }{\SR Acts 6:8-10
\par }{\PP \VS{8}God
was enabling
Stephen
to
do
many
things
by
God’s
power.
He
was
doing
many
amazing
miracles
among
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people.
\VS{9}However,
some
people
opposed
Stephen.
They
were
Jews
from
a
group
{\ADD{
that
regularly
met
together
in
a
Jewish
meeting
place
that
was}} $\{${\ADD{
that
people}}$\}$
called
the Freedmen’s
Meeting
Place.
{\ADD{
Those
people
were
from}}
Cyrene
and Alexandria
{\ADD{
cities}}
and
{\ADD{
also}}
from
Cilicia
and
Asia
{\ADD{
provinces}}.
They
all
began
to
argue
with
Stephen.
\VS{10}But
they
were
not
able ◄to
refute
{\ADD{
what
he
said/to
prove
that
what
he
said
was
wrong}}►,
{\ADD{
because
God’s}}
Spirit
enabled
him
to
speak
very
wisely.
\par }{\SH People
persuaded
some
men
to
falsely
accuse Stephen.
\par }{\SR Acts 6:11-14
\par }{\PP \VS{11}Then
that
group
secretly
persuaded
{\ADD{
some
}}
men
to
{\ADD{
falsely
accuse Stephen.
saying}}, “We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
heard
him
say
bad
things
about
Moses
and
God.”
\VS{12}So,
{\ADD{
by
saying
that}},
they
made
the
{\ADD{
other
Jewish}}
people
angry
{\ADD{
at Stephen,
including}}
the
elders
and
the
teachers
of
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
laws.
Then
{\ADD{
they
all}}
seized Stephen
and
took
him
to
the
Jewish
Council.
\VS{13}They
{\ADD{
also}}
brought
in
some
other
men
who
accused Stephen
falsely
{\ADD{
about
several
things}}.
They
said, “This
fellow
continually
says
bad
things
about
this
holy
Temple
and
about
the
laws
{\ADD{
that
Moses
received
from
God}}.
\VS{14}Specifically,
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
heard
him
say
that
this
Jesus
from
Nazareth
{\ADD{
town}}
will
destroy
this
Temple
and
will
tell
us
to
obey
different
customs
than
Moses
{\ADD{
taught
our
ancestors}}.”
\par }{\SH The
people
saw Stephen’s
face
shining
like
the
face
of
an
angel.
\par }{\SR Acts 6:15
\par }{\PP \VS{15}When
all
{\ADD{
the
people}}
who
were
sitting
in
the
Council
{\ADD{
room
heard
that,
and
as
they}}
all stared
at Stephen,
they
saw
that
his
face
was
{\ADD{
shining}} [SIM]
like
the
face
of
an
angel.

\par }\Chap{7}{\SH Stephen started to answer the high priest’s accusations by talking about Abraham.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:1-4
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Then
the
high
priest
asked Stephen, “Are
the
things
that
{\ADD{
these
people
are
saying
about
you(sg)}}
true?”
\VS{2}Stephen
replied, “Fellow
Jews
and
respected
leaders,
{\ADD{
please}}
listen
to
me!
The
glorious
God
{\ADD{
whom
we(inc)
worship}}
appeared
to
our
ancestor
Abraham
while
he
was
still
{\ADD{
living}}
in
Mesopotamia
{\ADD{
region}},
before
he
moved
to
Haran
{\ADD{
town}}.
\VS{3}God
said
to
him, ‘Leave
this
land
where
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
and
your
relatives
{\ADD{
are
living}},
and
go
into
the
land
to
which
I
will
lead
you.’
\VS{4}So
Abraham
left
that
land,
{\ADD{
which
was
also
called}}
Chaldea,
and
he
arrived
in
Haran
and
lived
there.
After
his
father
died,
God
told
him
to
move
to
this
land
in
which
you
{\ADD{
and
I}}
are
now
living.”
\par }{\SH God
promised
to
give
the
land
to
Abraham
and
his
descendants.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:5
\par }{\PP \VS{5}“{\ADD{
At
that
time}}
God
did
not
give
Abraham
any
{\ADD{
land
here}},
not
even
a
small
plot
of
{\ADD{
this}}
land
that
would
belong
to
him.
God
promised
that
he
would
{\ADD{
later}}
give
this
land
to
him
and
his
descendants,
and
that
it
would
{\ADD{
always}}
belong
{\ADD{
to
them.
However}},
at
that
time
Abraham
did
not
have
any
children
{\ADD{
who
would}} ◄{\ADD{
inherit
it/receive
it
after
he
died}}►.”
\par }{\SH God
told
Abraham
that
later
on
he
would
deliver
his
descendants
from
Egypt.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:6-7
\par }{\PP \VS{6}“{\ADD{
Later}}
God
told
Abraham, ‘Your
descendants
will
go
and
live
in
a
foreign
country.
They
{\ADD{
will
live
there}}
for 400
years,
and
{\ADD{
during
that
time
their
leaders}}
will
mistreat
your
descendants
and
force
them
to
work
as
slaves.’
\VS{7}But
God
{\ADD{
also}}
said, ‘I
will
punish
the
people
who
make
them
work
as
slaves.
Then,
after
that,
your
descendants
will
leave
{\ADD{
that
land}}
and
they
will
{\ADD{
come
and}}
worship
me
in
this
land.’ ”
\par }{\SH God
commanded
the
ceremony
of
circumcision
for
Abraham
and
his
descendants.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:8
\par }{\PP \VS{8}“Then
God
commanded
Abraham
that
{\ADD{
every
male
in
his
household
and
all
of
his
male
descendants}}
should
be
circumcised
{\ADD{
to
show
that
they
all
belonged
to
God}}
and
that
they
would
obey
what
he
had
told
Abraham
to
do.
Later
Abraham’s
son,
Isaac,
was
born,
and
when
Isaac
was
eight
days
old,
Abraham
circumcised
him.
{\ADD{
Later}}
Isaac’s
son,
Jacob,
was
born,
and
Isaac
{\ADD{
similarly
circumcised}}
him.
And
Jacob
{\ADD{
similarly
circumcised}}
his
twelve
sons.
They
are
the
twelve
men
{\ADD{
from
whom
we(inc)
Jews
have
all
descended}}.”
\par }{\SH God
helped
Joseph,
so
Pharaoh
appointed
him
to
govern
Egypt.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:9-10
\par }{\PP \VS{9}“{\ADD{
You
know
that}}
Jacob’s
{\ADD{
older}}
sons
became
jealous
{\ADD{
because
their
father
favored
their
younger
brother}}
Joseph.
So
they
sold
him
{\ADD{
to
merchants/traders
who
took
him}} [MTY]
to
Egypt.
There
he
became
a
slave
{\ADD{
of
an
official
who
lived
there}}.
But
God
{\ADD{
helped}}
Joseph.
\VS{10}He
protected
him
whenever
people
caused
him
to
suffer.
He
enabled
Joseph
to
be
wise;
and
he
caused
Pharaoh,
the
king
of
Egypt,
to
think
well
of
Joseph.
So
Pharaoh
appointed
him
to
rule
{\ADD{
over}}
Egypt
and
to
look
after
all
of
Pharaoh’s
property [MTY].”
\par }{\SH There
was
a
famine
in
Canaan,
so
Jacob’s
family
moved
to
Egypt.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:11-15a
\par }{\PP \VS{11}“{\ADD{
While
Joseph
was
doing
that
work}},
there
was
a
time ◄when
there
was
very
little
food/of
famine►
throughout
Egypt
and
also
throughout
Canaan.
People
did
not
have
enough
food
to
eat.
People
were
suffering.
{\ADD{
At
that
time}}
Jacob
and
his
sons
{\ADD{
in
Canaan}}
also
could
not
find
{\ADD{
enough}}
food.
\VS{12}When
Jacob
heard
{\ADD{
people
report
that}}
there
was
grain/food
{\ADD{
that
people
could
buy}}
in
Egypt,
he
sent
Joseph’s
older
brothers
{\ADD{
to
go
there
to
buy
grain.
They
went
and
bought
grain
from
Joseph,
but
they
did
not
recognize
him.
Then
they
returned
home}}.
\VS{13}When
Joseph’s
brothers
went
to
Egypt
the
second
time,
{\ADD{
they
again
bought
grain
from
Joseph}}.
But
this
time
{\ADD{
he}}
told
them
who
he
was.
{\ADD{
And}}
people
told
Pharaoh
that
Joseph’s
people
were
Hebrews
{\ADD{
and
that
those
men
who
had
come
from
Canaan
were
his
brothers}}.
\VS{14}Then
after
Joseph
sent
{\ADD{
his
brothers
back
home,
they}}
told
their
father
Jacob
{\ADD{
that
Joseph
wanted}}
him
and
his
entire
family
to
come
{\ADD{
to
Egypt.
At
that
time}} ◄{\ADD{
Jacob’s
family
consisted
of}} 75
people/there
were 75
people
in
Jacob’s
family► [SYN].
\VS{15}{\ADD{
So
when}}
Jacob
{\ADD{
heard
that,
he
and
all
his
family}}
went
to
{\ADD{
live
in}}
Egypt.”
\par }{\SH When
Jacob
and
his
sons
died,
people
buried
them
in
Canaan.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:15b-16
\par }{\PP “{\ADD{
Later
on}},
Jacob
died
{\ADD{
there}},
and
our
{\ADD{
other}}
ancestors,
{\ADD{
his
sons,
also
died
there}}.
\VS{16}{\ADD{
But}}
the
bodies
{\ADD{
of
Jacob
and
Joseph}}
were
brought $\{${\ADD{
they}}
brought
the
bodies
{\ADD{
of
Jacob
and
Joseph}}$\}$
{\ADD{
back
to
our
land}},
and
{\ADD{
Jacob’s
body}}
was
buried $\{$they
buried
{\ADD{
Jacob’s
body}}$\}$
{\ADD{
in
the
tomb
that
Abraham
had
bought,
and
they
buried
Joseph’s
body}}
in
Shechem
in
the
ground
that
{\ADD{
Jacob}}
had
bought
from
Hamor’s
sons.”
\par }{\SH An
Egyptian
king
who
did
not
know
about
Joseph
began
to
oppress
the
Israelites.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:17-19
\par }{\PP \VS{17}“Our
ancestors
had
become
very
numerous
when
it
was
almost
time
for
{\ADD{
God
to
rescue
them}}
from
Egypt,
{\ADD{
as}}
he
had
promised
Abraham
that
he
would
do.
\VS{18}Another
king
had
begun
to
rule
in
Egypt.
He
did
not
know
that
Joseph,
{\ADD{
long
before
that
time,
had
greatly
helped
the
people
of
Egypt}} [MTY].
\VS{19}That
king
cruelly
tried
to
get
rid
of
our
ancestors.
He
oppressed
them
and
caused
them
to
suffer
greatly.
He
{\ADD{
even
commanded}}
them
to
leave
their
baby
{\ADD{
boys}}
outside
{\ADD{
their
homes}}
so
that
they
would
die.”
\par }{\SH Moses,
who
grew
up
as
an
Egyptian,
spoke
and
acted powerfully.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:20-22
\par }{\PP \VS{20}“During
that
time
Moses
was
born,
and
he
was
a
very
beautiful [LIT]
{\ADD{
child}}.
So
his
parents
{\ADD{
secretly}}
cared
for
him
in
their
house
for
three
months.
\VS{21}Then
they
had
to
put
him
outside
{\ADD{
the
house,
but}}
Pharaoh’s
daughter
{\ADD{
found
him
and}}
adopted
him
and
cared
for
him
as
{\ADD{
though
he
were}}
her
own
son.
\VS{22}Moses
was
taught $\{${\ADD{
The
Egyptian
teachers}}
taught
Moses$\}$
many
kinds
of
wise
things [HYP]
that
the
people
in
Egypt
knew,
and
{\ADD{
when
he
grew
up}},
he
spoke powerfully
and
did
things powerfully.”
\par }{\SH Moses
killed
an
Egyptian,
so
he
had
to
flee
to
Midian.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:23-29
\par }{\PP \VS{23}“{\ADD{
One
day}}
when
Moses
was
about 40
years
old,
he
decided
that
he
would
{\ADD{
go
and}}
see
his
fellow Israelis.
{\ADD{
So
he
went
to
the
place
where
they
worked}}.
\VS{24}He
saw
an
Egyptian
beating
one
of
the Israels.
So
he
went
over
to
help [MTY]
the Israeli
man
who
was
being
hurt/beat $\{$whom
{\ADD{
the
Egyptian}}
was
hurting/beating$\}$,
and
he ◄got
revenge
on/paid
back►
the Israeli
man
by
killing
the
Egyptian
{\ADD{
who
was
hurting/beating
him}}.
\VS{25}Moses
was
thinking
that
his
fellow Israelis
would
understand
that
God
had
sent
him
to
free
them
{\ADD{
from
being
slaves}}.
But
they
did
not
understand
that.
\VS{26}The
next
day,
Moses
saw
two Israeli
men
fighting
{\ADD{
each
other}}.
He
tried
to
make
them
stop
fighting
by
saying
to
them, ‘Men,
you
two
are
fellow
{\ADD{Israelis!
So}} ◄stop
hurting
each
other!/why
are
you
hurting
each
other?► [RHQ]’
\VS{27}But
the
man
who
was injuring
the
other
man
pushed
Moses
away
and
said
to
him, ‘◄No
one
appointed
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
rule
and
judge
us
{\ADD{(exc)}}!/Do
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
think
someone
appointed
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
rule
and
judge
us
{\ADD{(exc)}}?► [RHQ]
\VS{28}Do
you
want
to
kill
me
as
you
killed
the
Egyptian
yesterday?’
\VS{29}When
Moses
heard
that,
{\ADD{
he
thought
to
himself, ‘Obviously,
people
know
what
I
have
done,
and
someone
will
kill
me.’
He
was
afraid,
so}}
he
fled
{\ADD{
from
Egypt}}
to
Midian
land.
He
lived
there
{\ADD{
for
some
years}}.
He
{\ADD{
got
married,
and
he
and
his
wife}}
had
two
sons.”
\par }{\SH God
commanded
Moses
to
rescue
the
Jewish
people
from
Egypt.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:30-34
\par }{\PP \VS{30}“{\ADD{
One
day}} 40
years
later,
{\ADD{
the
Lord
God
appeared
as}}
an
angel
to
Moses.
He
appeared
in
a
bush
that
was
burning
in
the
desert
near
Sinai
Mountain.
\VS{31}When
Moses
saw
that,
he
was
greatly
surprised,
{\ADD{
because
the
bush
was
not
burning
up}}.
As
he
went
over
to
look
more
closely,
he
heard
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
say
{\ADD{
to
him}},
\VS{32}‘I
{\ADD{
am}}
the
God
{\ADD{
whom}}
your
ancestors
{\ADD{
worshipped}}.
I
{\ADD{
am}}
the
God
that
Abraham,
Isaac
and
Jacob
{\ADD{
worship}}.’
Moses
{\ADD{
was
so
afraid
that
he}}
began
to
shake.
He
was
afraid
to
look
{\ADD{
at
the
bush
any
longer}}.
\VS{33}Then
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
said
to
him, ‘Take
your
sandals
off
{\ADD{
to
show
that
you(sg)
revere
me}}.
Because
I
{\ADD{
am
here}},
the
place
where
you
are
standing
is
holy/sacred.
\VS{34}I
have
surely
seen
how
the
people
of
Egypt
are
continually
causing
my
people
to
suffer.
I
have
heard
my
people
when
they
groan
{\ADD{
because
those
people
continually
oppress
them}}.
So
I
have
come
down
to
rescue
them
{\ADD{
from
Egypt}}.
Now
get
ready,
because
I
am
going
to
send
you
{\ADD{
back}}
to
Egypt
{\ADD{
to
do
that}}.’ ”
\par }{\SH God
sent
Moses
to
lead
Israel
and
tell
them
of
the
Prophet
who
would
come.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:35-38
\par }{\PP \VS{35}“This
Moses
{\ADD{
is
the
one
who
had
tried
to
help
our Israeli
people,
but}}
whom
they
rejected
{\ADD{
by
saying}}, ‘No
one [RHQ]
appointed
you
to
rule
and
judge
{\ADD{
us!’}}
Moses
{\ADD{
is
the
one
whom}}
God
{\ADD{
himself}}
sent
to
rule
them
and
to
free
them
{\ADD{
from
being
slaves.
He
is
the
one
whom}}
an
angel
in
the
bush
{\ADD{
commanded
to
do
that}}.
\VS{36}Moses
{\ADD{
is
the
one
who}}
led
our
ancestors
out
{\ADD{
from
Egypt}}.
He
did
many
kinds
of
miracles
in
Egypt,
at
the
Red
Sea,
and
during
the 40
years
{\ADD{
that
the
Israelite
people
lived}}
in
the
desert.
\VS{37}This
Moses
is
the
one
who
said
to
the
Israelite
people, ‘God
will
appoint
a
prophet
for
you
from
among
your
own
people.
{\ADD{
He
will
speak
words
from
God}},
just
like
I
{\ADD{
speak
his
words
to
you}}.’
\VS{38}This
man
{\ADD{
Moses}}
was
{\ADD{
our
people’s
leader}}
when
they
gathered
together
in
the
desert.
It
is
Moses
to
whom
{\ADD{
God
sent}}
the
angel
on
Sinai
Mountain
to
{\ADD{
give
him
our
laws}},
and
{\ADD{
he
was
the
one
who
told}}
our
{\ADD{
other}}
ancestors
{\ADD{
what
the
angel
had
said}}.
He
was
the
one
who
received
{\ADD{
from
God}}
words
that
tell
us
how
to
live
{\ADD{
eternally,
and
Moses}}
passed
{\ADD{
them}}
on
to
us.”
\par }{\SH Israel
rejected
Moses,
so
God
rejected
them
and
said
that
he
would
punish
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:39-43
\par }{\PP \VS{39}“{\ADD{
However}},
our
ancestors
did
not
want
to
obey
{\ADD{
Moses}}.
Instead,
{\ADD{
while
he
was
still
on
the
mountain}},
they
rejected
him
{\ADD{
as
their
leader}}
and
decided
that
they
wanted
to
return
to
Egypt.
\VS{40}So
they
told
{\ADD{
his
older
brother}}
Aaron, ‘Make
idols
for
us
who
will
be
our
gods
to
lead
us
{\ADD{
back
to
Egypt}}!
As
for
that
fellow
Moses
who
led
us
out
of
Egypt
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
do
not
know
what
has
happened
to
him!’
\VS{41}So,
they
made
{\ADD{
out
of
gold}}
an
image
{\ADD{
that
looked
like}}
a
calf.
Then
they
sacrificed
{\ADD{
animals
and
offered
other
things}}
to
{\ADD{
honor}}
that
idol,
and
they
sang
and
danced
to
honor
the
idol
that
they
themselves
had
made.
\VS{42}So
God
rejected
them.
He
abandoned
them
to
worship
the
sun,
moon
and
stars
in
the
sky.
This
agrees
with
the
words
that
one
of
the
prophets
wrote
that
God
said,
\par }{\Q You
Israelite
{\ADD{
people}} [MTY],
when
you
{\ADD{
repeatedly}}
killed
animals
and
offered
them
as
sacrifices
during
those 40
years
{\ADD{
that
you
were}}
in
the
desert, ◄you
{\ADD{
most
certainly}}
were
not
offering
them
to
me!/what
makes
you
think
that
you
were
offering
them
to
me?► [RHQ]
\VS{43}{\ADD{
On
the
contrary}},
you
carried
{\ADD{
with
you
from
place
to
place}}
the
tent
{\ADD{
that
contained
the
idol}} representing
{\ADD{
the
god}}
Molech
{\ADD{
that
you
worshipped}}.
You
also
{\ADD{
carried
with
you}}
the
image
of
the
star
{\ADD{
called}}
Rephan.
{\ADD{
Those}}
were
idols
that
you
had
made,
{\ADD{
and
you}}
worshipped
{\ADD{
them
instead
of
me}}.
So
I
will
{\ADD{
cause
you
to}}
be
taken
away $\{${\ADD{
people
to}}
take
you$\}$
{\ADD{
from
your
own
country.
You
will
be
taken}} $\{${\ADD{
They
will
take
you}}$\}$
{\ADD{
far
from
your
homes
to
regions}}
even
farther
than
Babylon
{\ADD{
Country}}.”
\par }{\SH The
Israelite
people
worshipped
God
at
the
tent
Moses
built
and
later
in
the
temple
that
Solomon
built.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:44-47
\par }{\PP \VS{44}“While
our
ancestors
were
in
the
desert,
they
worshipped
God
at
the
tent
that
showed
{\ADD{
that
he
was
there
with
them}}.
They
had
made
the
tent
exactly
like
God
had
commanded
Moses
{\ADD{
to
make
it.
It
was}}
exactly
like
the
model
that
Moses
had
seen
{\ADD{
when
he
was
up
on
the
mountain}}.
\VS{45}{\ADD{
Later
on}},
other
ancestors
of
ours
carried
that
tent
with
them
when
Joshua
led
them
{\ADD{
into
this
land}}.
That
was
during
the
time
that
they
took
this
land
for
themselves,
when
God
forced
the
people
{\ADD{
who
previously
lived
here}}
to
leave.
So
the Israelis
were
able
to
possess
this
land.
{\ADD{
The
tent
remained
in
this
land
and
was
still
here}}
when
{\ADD{
King}}
David
ruled.
\VS{46}David
pleased
God,
and
he
asked
God
to
let
him
build
a
house
where
{\ADD{
he
and}}
all
of
our Israeli
people
could
worship
God.
\VS{47}But
{\ADD{
instead,
God
let
David’s
son}}
Solomon
build
a
house
{\ADD{
where
people
could
worship}}
God.”
\par }{\SH People
can
worship
God
anywhere,
not
only
at
certain
places.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:48-50
\par }{\PP \VS{48}“However,
{\ADD{
we(inc)
know
that}}
God
is
greater
than
everything,
and
he
does
not
live
in
{\ADD{
houses
that}}
people [SYN]
have
made.
It
is
like
the
prophet
{\ADD{
Isaiah}}
wrote.
He
wrote
{\ADD{
these
words
that
God
had
spoken:}}
\par }{\Q \VS{49-50}Heaven
is ◄my
throne/the
place
from
which
I
rule
the
entire universe►,
and
the
earth
is ◄my
footstool/{\ADD{
merely
like}}
a
stool
on
which
I
may
rest
my
feet►.
I
myself [SYN]
have
made
everything
{\ADD{
both
in
heaven
and
on
the
earth}}.
So
you
{\ADD{
human
beings}}, ◄{\ADD{
you}}
really
cannot
build
a
house
that
would
be
{\ADD{adequate}}
for
me!/do
you
think
you
can
build
a
house
that
would
be
{\ADD{
appropriate}}
for
me?► [RHQ]
You
cannot [RHQ]
make
a
place
good
enough
for
me
{\ADD{
to
live
in}}!”
\par }{\SH Stephen
said
that
those
who
were
listening
to
him
were opposing
God.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:51-53
\par }{\PP \VS{51}“You
people
are
extremely
stubborn [MET],
not
wanting
to
obey
God
or
listen [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
him!}}
You
are
exactly
like
your
ancestors!
You
always
resist
the
Holy
Spirit
{\ADD{
as
they
did}}!
\VS{52}Your
ancestors
caused [RHQ]
every
prophet
to
suffer,
{\ADD{
including
Moses}}.
They
even
killed
those
who
long
ago
announced
{\ADD{
that
the
Messiah}}
would
come,
the
one
who
always
did
what
pleased
God.
{\ADD{
And
the
Messiah
has
come!
He
is
the
one
whom}}
you
{\ADD{
recently}}
turned
over
{\ADD{
to
his
enemies}}
and
{\ADD{
insisted
that}}
they
kill
him!
\VS{53}You
{\ADD{
are
the
people}}
who
have
received
God’s
laws.
{\ADD{
Those
were
laws}}
that
God
caused
angels
to
give
{\ADD{
to
our
ancestors}}.
However,
{\ADD{incredibly}},
you
have
not
obeyed
them!”
\par }{\SH All
the
people
there
became
very
angry
with Stephen.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:54
\par }{\PP \VS{54}When
the
Jewish
Council
members
{\ADD{
and
others
there}}
heard
all
that
{\ADD{Stephen
said}},
they
became
very
angry.
They
were
grinding
their
teeth
{\ADD{
together
because
they
were
so
angry}}
at
him!
\par }{\SH After Stephen
said
that
he
could
see
Jesus
standing
beside
God
in
heaven,
they
stoned
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:55-59
\par }{\PP \VS{55}But
the
Holy
Spirit
completely
controlled Stephen.
He
looked
up
into
heaven
and
saw
a
dazzling
light
from
God,
and
{\ADD{
he
saw}}
Jesus
standing
at
God’s
right
side.
\VS{56}“Look,”
he
said, “I
see
heaven
open,
and
I
{\ADD{
see}}
the
one
who
came
from
heaven
standing
at
God’s
right
side!”
\par }{\PP \VS{57}{\ADD{
When
the
Jewish
Council
members
and
others
heard
that}},
they
shouted
loudly.
They
put
their
hands
over
their
ears
{\ADD{
so
that
they
could
not
hear Stephen,
and
immediately}}
they
all
rushed
at
him.
\VS{58}They
dragged
him
outside
the
city
{\ADD{
of
Jerusalem}}
and
started
to
throw
stones
at
him.
The
people
who
were
accusing
him
{\ADD{
took
off}}
their
outer
garments
{\ADD{
in
order
to
throw
stones
more
easily,
and}}
they
put
their
clothes
{\ADD{
on
the
ground}}
next
to
a
young
man
whose
name
was
Saul,
{\ADD{
so
that
he
could
guard
them}}.
\VS{59}While
they
continued
to
throw
stones
at
Stephen,
Stephen
prayed, “Lord
Jesus,
receive
my
spirit!”
\par }{\SH He
asked
the
Lord
to
forgive
them,
and
he
died.
The
disciples
fled,
some
men
buried
Stephen,
and
Saul
harassed believers.
But
the believers
preached
about
Jesus
wherever
they
were
scattered.
\par }{\SR Acts 7:60—8:3
\par }{\PP \VS{60}Then Stephen
fell
on
his
knees
and
cried
out, “Lord,
do
not
punish
them (OR,
forgive
them) [LIT]
for
this
sin!”
After
he
had
said
that,
he
died.

\par }\Chap{8}{\PP \VerseOne{1-2}Then
some
men
who
revered
God
buried Stephen’s
body
in
a
tomb,
and
they
mourned
greatly
and
loudly
for
him.
\par }{\PP On
that
same
day
{\ADD{
people}}
started
severely persecuting
the believers
{\ADD{
who
were
living}}
in
Jerusalem.
So
most
{\ADD{
of
the believers}}
fled
{\ADD{
to
other
places}}
throughout
Judea
and
Samaria
{\ADD{
provinces}}.
The apostles
were
the
only
{\ADD{believers
who
remained
in
Jerusalem}}.
\VS{3}While
the
people
were
killing Stephen,
Saul
was
there approving
of
their
killing Stephen.
So
Saul
{\ADD{
also}}
began
trying
to
destroy
the
group
of believers.
He
entered
houses
one
by
one,
he
dragged
away
men
and
women
{\ADD{
who
believed
in
Jesus}},
and
then
he
{\ADD{
arranged
for}}
them
to
be
put
in
prison.
\par }{\SH Many
Samaritans
heeded Philip’s
words
and
rejoiced.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:4-8
\par }{\PP \VS{4}The believers
who
had
left
Jerusalem
went
to
different
places,
where
they
continued
preaching
the
message
about Jesus.
\VS{5}{\ADD{
One
of
those believers
whose
name
was}}
Philip
went
down
{\ADD{
from
Jerusalem}}
to
a
city
in
Samaria
{\ADD{
province}}.
There
he
was
telling
{\ADD{
the
people
that Jesus
is}} [MTY]
the
Messiah.
\VS{6}Many
people
there
heard
Philip
{\ADD{
speak}}
and
saw
the
miraculous
things
that
he
was
doing.
So
they
all ◄paid
close
attention
to/listened
carefully
to►
his
words.
\VS{7}For
{\ADD{
example,
when Philip
commanded}}
evil
spirits
who
controlled
many
people
{\ADD{
that
they
should
come
out
of
them}},
they
came
out,
while
those
spirits
screamed.
Also,
many
people
who
were
paralyzed
and
{\ADD{
many
others}}
who
were
lame
were
healed.
\VS{8}So
{\ADD{
many
people}} [MTY]
in
that
city
greatly
rejoiced.
\par }{\SH Philip baptized
many
Samaritans,
including
a
sorcerer.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:9-13
\par }{\PP \VS{9}There
was
a
man
in
that
city
whose
name
was
Simon.
He
had
been
practicing
sorcery
for
a
long
time,
and
he
had
been
amazing
the
people
in
Samaria
{\ADD{
province
by
doing
that}}.
He
continually
claimed
that
he
was
a
great/important
person.
\VS{10}All
the
people
there,
both
ordinary
and
important
people,
listened
to
him.
{\ADD{
Various
ones
of}}
them
were
saying, “This
man
works
in
extremely
powerful
ways
{\ADD{
because}}
God
has
caused
him
to
be
a
great
{\ADD{
person}}.”
\VS{11}They
continued
to
listen
to
him
carefully,
because
for
a
long
time
he
had
astonished
them
by
practicing
sorcery.
\VS{12}But
then
they
believed
Philip’s
{\ADD{
message}}
when
he
preached
to
them
about
{\ADD{
how}}
God
desires
to
rule [MET]
{\ADD{
the
lives
of
people
who
believe
in
him}},
and
about
Jesus
being
the
Messiah [MTY].
Both
the
men
and
the
women
who
believed
in
Jesus
were baptized. $\{${\ADD{
Philip}}
was baptizing
both
the
men
and
the
women
{\ADD{
who
had
come
to
believe
in
Jesus}}$\}$.
\VS{13}Simon
himself
believed
{\ADD{
Philip’s
message}}
and,
after
he
was baptized $\{$after
{\ADD{
Philip}} baptized
him$\}$,
he
began
to
constantly
accompany
Philip.
Simon
was
continually
amazed
because
he
often
saw
{\ADD{
Philip}}
doing
many
kinds
of
miraculous
things.
\par }{\SH Samaritan
believers
received
the
power
of
the
Holy
Spirit.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:14-17
\par }{\PP \VS{14}When
the apostles
in
Jerusalem
heard
that
{\ADD{
many
people}} [PRS]
{\ADD{
throughout}}
Samaria
{\ADD{
district}}
had
believed
the
message
from
God
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}},
they
sent
Peter
and
John
there.
\VS{15}When Peter
and John
arrived
in
Samaria,
they
prayed
for
those
{\ADD{
new believers}}
in
order
that
the
Holy Spirit’s
{\ADD{
power}}
would
come
to
them.
\VS{16}{\ADD{Peter
and John
realized
that}}
the
Holy
Spirit
had
not
yet
begun
to
empower
any
of
them.
They
had
been baptized $\{${\ADD{Philip}}
had baptized
them$\}$
{\ADD{
because
they
had
believed}}
in [MTY]
the
Lord
Jesus,
{\ADD{
but
they
did
not
know
about
the
Holy
Spirit}}.
\VS{17}{\ADD{
Then
Peter
and
John}}
placed
their
hands
on
{\ADD{
the
heads
of}}
each
person,
and
they
received
the
{\ADD{
power
of}} [MTY]
the
Holy
Spirit.
\par }{\SH Peter
denounced Simon
the
sorcerer.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:18-24
\par }{\PP \VS{18}Simon
saw
{\ADD{
things
that
convinced
him}}
that
{\ADD{
God}}
had
given
the Spirit’s
{\ADD{
power
to
people}}
as
a
result
of
the apostles
placing
their
hands
on
them.
So
he
offered
{\ADD{
to
give}}
money
to
the apostles,
\VS{19}saying, “Enable
me
also
to
do
what
{\ADD{
you
are
doing}},
so
that
everyone
on
whom
I
place/put
my
hands
may
receive
the
Holy Spirit’s
{\ADD{
power}}.”
\VS{20}But
Peter
said
to
him, “May
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
and
your
money
go
to
hell,
because
you
{\ADD{mistakenly}}
think
that
you
can
buy
{\ADD{
from
us}}
what
God
{\ADD{
alone}}
gives
to
{\ADD{
people}}
\VS{21}{\ADD{
God}}
has
not
authorized
you
to
have
any
part
of
this
ministry
of
giving
{\ADD{
the
Holy Spirit’s
power}},
because
he
knows
that
you
are
not
thinking
rightly! (OR,
because
he
knows
that
you
are
thinking
completely wrongly.)
\VS{22}So
stop
thinking
wickedly
{\ADD{
like}}
that,
and
plead
that
the
Lord,
if
he
is
willing,
will
forgive
you
{\ADD{
for
what}}
you
{\ADD{
wickedly}}
thought/planned
{\ADD{
to
do}}
\VS{23}{\ADD{
Turn
away
from
your
evil
ways}},
because
I
perceive
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
extremely
envious
of
{\ADD{
us}},
and
you
{\ADD{
are}}
a
slave
of
your
{\ADD{
continual
desire
to
do
evil!
God
will
certainly
punish
you
severely}}!”
\VS{24}Then
Simon
answered, “Pray
to
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
that
{\ADD{
he}}
will
not
do
to
me
what
you
just
said!”
\par }{\SH Peter
and
John
preached
to
many
Samaritans.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:25
\par }{\PP \VS{25}After
{\ADD{
Peter
and
John}}
told
{\ADD{
people
there}}
what
they
knew
personally
{\ADD{
about
the}}
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
and
declared
to
them
the
message
about
Jesus,
they
both
returned
to
Jerusalem.
{\ADD{
Along
the
way}}
they
preached
the
good
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus
to
people}}
in
many
villages
in
Samaria
{\ADD{
province}}.
\par }{\SH Philip
met
an
Ethiopian
official.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:26-28
\par }{\PP \VS{26}{\ADD{
One
day}}
an
angel
whom
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
had
sent
commanded
Philip, “Get
ready
and
go
south
along
the
road
that
extends
from
Jerusalem
to
Gaza.”
{\ADD{
That
was}}
a
road
in
a
desert
area.
\VS{27}So Philip
got
ready
and
went
{\ADD{
along
that
road}}.
Suddenly
he
met
a
man
from
Ethiopia.
He
was
an
important
official
who
took
care
of
all
the funds
for
the
queen
{\ADD{
of}}
Ethiopia.
{\ADD{
In
his
language
people
called
their
queen}}
Candace.
This
man
had
gone
to
Jerusalem
to
worship
{\ADD{
God}},
\VS{28}and
he
was
returning
{\ADD{
home}}
and
was
seated
{\ADD{
riding}}
in
his
chariot.
{\ADD{
As
he
was
riding}},
he
was
reading
{\ADD{
out
loud
from}}
what
the
prophet
Isaiah
{\ADD{
had
written}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
long
ago}}.
\par }{\SH The
official
could
not
understand
what
he
was
reading.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:29-31
\par }{\PP \VS{29}{\ADD{
God’s}}
Spirit
told
Philip, “Go
near
to
that
chariot
and
keep
walking
close
to
{\ADD{
the
man
who
is
riding
in}}
it!”
\VS{30}So
Philip
ran
{\ADD{
to
the
chariot
and
kept
running
close
to
it}}.
Then
he
heard
the
official
reading
what
the
prophet
Isaiah
{\ADD{
had
written}}.
He
asked
the
man, “Do
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
understand
what
you
are
reading?”
\VS{31}He
answered
Philip, “{\ADD{
No!}} ◄I
cannot
possibly
{\ADD{
understand
it}}
if
{\ADD{
there
is}}
no
one
to
explain
it
to
me!/How
can
I
{\ADD{
understand
it}}
if
{\ADD{
there
is}}
no
one
to
explain
it
to
me?► [RHQ]”
\par }{\SH Philip
preached
about
Jesus
to
the
official.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:31b-35
\par }{\PP Then
the
man
said
to
Philip, “Please
come
up
{\ADD{
and}}
sit
beside
me.”
{\ADD{
So
Philip
did
that}}.
\VS{32}The
part
of
the
Scriptures
that
the
official
was
reading
was
this:
\par }{\Q He
will
{\ADD{
be
silent
when}}
they
lead
him
away
to
kill
him
\par }{\Q {\ADD{
like
when
}}
a
sheep
{\ADD{
is
led
away
to
be
killed}}.
\par }{\Q As
a
young
sheep
is
silent
when
its
wool
is
being
cut
off $\{$someone
cuts
off
its
wool$\}$,
{\ADD{
similarly}}
he
will
not
protest [MTY]
{\ADD{
when
people
cause
him
to
suffer}}.
\par }{\Q \VS{33}When
he
will
be
humiliated
by
being
accused
falsely $\{$people
will
humiliate
him
{\ADD{
by
accusing
him
falsely}}$\}$,
\par }{\Q {\ADD{
the
rulers}} ◄will
not
consider
him
innocent/will
consider
him
guilty►.
\par }{\Q No
one
will
possibly
be
able
to
tell
about
his
descendants,
because
he
will
be
killed $\{$people
will
kill
him$\}$
without
him
having
{\ADD{
any
descendants}}
on
the
earth.
\par }{\PP \VS{34}The
official
asked
Philip
{\ADD{
about
these
words
that
he
was
reading}}, “Tell
me,
who
was
the
prophet
writing
about?
{\ADD{
Was
he
writing}}
about
himself
or
about
someone
else?”
\VS{35}So
Philip
began
{\ADD{
to
explain}}
that
Scripture
passage.
He
told
him
the
good
message
about [MTY]
Jesus.
{\ADD{
So
the
official
understood
and
believed
in
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Philip baptized
the
official.
Then
the
Spirit
took
Philip
away.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:36-39
\par }{\PP \VS{36-37}While
they
were
traveling
along
the
road,
they
came
to
{\ADD{
a
place
where
there
was
a pond
of}}
water
{\ADD{
near
the
road}}.
Then
the
official
said
{\ADD{
to Philip}}, “Look,
{\ADD{
there
is
a pond
of}}
water! ◄I
would
like
you
to baptize
me,
because
I
do
not
know
of
anything
that
would
prevent
me
from
being baptized $\{$prevent
{\ADD{
you}}
from baptizing
me.$\}$/Do
you
know
of
anything
that
would
prevent
me
from
being baptized $\{$prevent
{\ADD{
you}}
from baptizing
me$\}$?► [RHQ]”
\VS{38}So
the
official
told
{\ADD{
the
driver}}
to
stop
the
chariot.
Then
both
Philip
and
the
official
went
down
into
the
{\ADD{pond
of}}
water,
and
{\ADD{
Philip}} baptized
him.
\VS{39}When
they
came
up
out
of
the
water,
suddenly
God’s
Spirit
took
Philip
away.
The
official
never
saw
Philip
again.
But
{\ADD{
although
he
never
saw
Philip
again}},
the
official
continued
going
along
the
road,
very
happy
{\ADD{
that
God
had
saved
him}}.
\par }{\SH Philip
preached
in
towns
from Azotus
to Caesarea.
\par }{\SR Acts 8:40
\par }{\PP \VS{40}Philip
then
realized
{\ADD{
that
the
Spirit
had miraculously
taken
him
to}} Azotus
{\ADD{
town}}.
While
he
traveled
around
{\ADD{
in
that
region}},
he
continued
proclaiming
the
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}
in
all
the
towns
{\ADD{
between Azotus
and
Caesarea.
And
he
was
still
proclaiming}}
it
when
he
finally
arrived
in
Caesarea
{\ADD{
city}}.

\par }\Chap{9}{\SH Saul asked the high priest to authorize him to arrest believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:1-2
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Meanwhile,
Saul
angrily
continued
to
say, “I
will
kill
those
who
believe
that
{\ADD{
Jesus
is}}
the
Lord!”
He
went
to
the supreme
priest
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}
\VS{2}and
requested
him
{\ADD{
to
write}}
letters
{\ADD{introducing
him}}
to
{\ADD{
the
leaders
of}} [MTY]
the
Jewish
meeting
places
in
Damascus
{\ADD{
city.
The
letters
asked
them
to authorize
Saul}}
to
seize
any
men
or
women
who
followed
the
way
{\ADD{
that
Jesus
had
taught}},
and
to
take
them
as
prisoners
to
Jerusalem
{\ADD{
so
that
the
Jewish
leaders
could
judge
and
punish
them}}.
\par }{\SH While
Saul
was
traveling
to
Damascus,
Jesus
appeared
to
him
and
blinded
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:3-8
\par }{\PP \VS{3}Saul
took
those
letters,
and
while
he
{\ADD{
and
those
with
him}}
traveled
toward
Damascus,
as
they
were
approaching
the
city,
suddenly
a
{\ADD{brilliant}}
light
from
heaven
shone
around
Saul.
\VS{4}{\ADD{
Immediately}}
he
fell
down
to
the
ground.
Then
he
heard
the
voice
{\ADD{
of
the
Lord}}
say
to
him, “Saul,
Saul, ◄stop
causing
me
to
suffer!/why
are
you
causing
me
to
suffer?► [RHQ]”
\VS{5}Saul
asked
him, “Lord,
who
are
you?”
He
replied, “I
am
Jesus,
{\ADD{
and}}
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
causing
me
to
suffer
{\ADD{
by
hurting
my
followers}}!
\VS{6}Now
instead
{\ADD{
of
continuing
to
do
that}},
stand
up
and
go
into
the
city!
{\ADD{
Someone
there}}
will
tell
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
what
I
{\ADD{
want}}
you
to
do.”
\VS{7}The
men
who
were
traveling
with
Saul
{\ADD{
became
so
frightened
that
they}}
could
not
say
anything.
{\ADD{
They
just}}
stood
there.
They
only
heard
the
sound
{\ADD{
when
the
Lord
spoke}},
but
they
did
not
see
anyone.
\VS{8}Saul
got
up
from
the
ground,
but
when
he
opened
his
eyes
he
could
not
see
anything.
So
the
men
{\ADD{
with
him}}
took
him
by
the
hand
and
led
him
into
Damascus.
\VS{9}For
the
next
three
days
Saul
could
not
see
{\ADD{
anything}},
and
he
did
not
eat
or
drink
anything.
\par }{\SH Saul
could
see
again
after Ananias
had
put
his
hands
on
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:9-19
\par }{\PP \VS{10}In
Damascus
there
was
{\ADD{
a
Jew}}
named Ananias
who
believed
in
Jesus.
While
{\ADD{Ananias
was
seeing}}
a
vision,
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
said
to
him, “Ananias!”
He
replied, “Lord,
I
{\ADD{
am
listening}}.”
\VS{11}The
Lord
Jesus
told
him, “Go
to
Straight
Street
to
the
house
that
belongs
to
Judas.
Ask
{\ADD{
someone
there
if
you(sg)
can
talk
to}}
a
man
named
Saul
from
Tarsus
{\ADD{
city}},
because, surprisingly,
at
this
moment
he
is
praying
{\ADD{
to
me}}.
\VS{12}{\ADD{
Saul
has
seen}}
a
vision
in
which
a
man
named Ananias
entered
{\ADD{
the
house
where
he
was
staying}}
and
put
his
hands
on
him
in
order
that
he
might
see
again.”
\VS{13}But Ananias
{\ADD{
protested}},
saying, “But
Lord,
many
people
have
told
me
about
this
man!
He
has
done
many
evil
things
to
the
people
in
Jerusalem
who
{\ADD{
believe
in}}
you!
\VS{14}And
the
chief
priests
have
authorized
him
to
come
here
{\ADD{
to
Damascus}}
in
order
to
seize
all
of
us
who
believe
in
you
{\ADD{(sg)}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
and
take
us
to
Jerusalem}}!”
\VS{15}But
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
told Ananias, “Go
to
{\ADD{
Saul!
Do
what
I
say}},
because
I
have
chosen
him
to
serve
me
in
order
that
he
might
speak
about
me [MTY]
both
to non-Jewish
people
and
{\ADD{
their}}
kings
and
to
the Israeli
people.
\VS{16}I
myself
will
tell
him
that
he
must
often
suffer
greatly
because
of
{\ADD{
telling
people
about}}
me [MTY].”
\VS{17}So Ananias
went,
and
{\ADD{
after
he
found}}
the
house
{\ADD{
where
Saul
was}},
he
entered
it.
Then,
{\ADD{
as
soon
as
he
met
Saul}},
he
put
his
hands
on
him,
and
he
said, “Brother
Saul,
the
Lord
Jesus
{\ADD{
himself}}
commanded
me
to
come
{\ADD{
to
you}}.
He
is
the
{\ADD{
same}}
one
who
appeared
to
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
while
you
were
traveling
along
the
road.
{\ADD{
He
sent
me
to
you}}
in
order
that
you
might
see
again
and
that
you
might
be
completely
controlled
by
the
Holy
Spirit $\{$that
the
Holy
Spirit
might
completely
control
you$\}$.”
\VS{18}Instantly,
things
like
{\ADD{
fish}}
scales
fell
from
Saul’s
eyes,
and
he
was
able
to
see
again.
Then
he
stood
up
and
was baptized $\{${\ADD{Ananias}} baptized
him$\}$
{\ADD{
immediately}}.
\VS{19}After
Saul
ate
some
food,
he
felt
strong
again.
Saul
stayed
with
the
{\ADD{
other}} believers
in
Damascus
for
several
days.
\par }{\SH People
there
were
astonished
that
Saul
had
believed
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:20-22
\par }{\PP \VS{20}Right
away
Saul
began
to
preach
{\ADD{
to
people
about
Jesus}}
in
the
Jewish
meeting
places
{\ADD{
in
Damascus.
He
told
them}}
that
Jesus
is ◄the
Son
of/the
man
who
is
also►
God.
\VS{21}And
all
the
people
who
heard
him
{\ADD{
preach}}
were
amazed.
{\ADD{
Various
ones
of}}
them
were
saying, “◄{\ADD{
We(inc)
can
hardly
believe
that}}
this
is
the
{\ADD{
same
man}}
who
persecuted
the believers
in
Jerusalem!/Is
this
really
the
{\ADD{
same
man}}
who
persecuted
the believers
in
Jerusalem?► [RHQ, MTY]
And
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
know
that
he
has [RHQ]
come
here
to
seize
us
and
take
us
to
the
chief
priests
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}!”
\VS{22}But
{\ADD{
God}}
enabled
Saul
{\ADD{
to
preach
to
many
people
even}}
more convincingly.
He
was
proving
{\ADD{
from
the Scriptures}}
that
Jesus
is
the
Messiah.
So
the
Jewish
leaders
in
Damascus
could
not
think
of
anything ◄to
refute
{\ADD{
what
he
said/to
prove
that
what
he
said
was
not
true}}►.
\par }{\SH Saul
escaped
from
those
who
plotted
to
kill
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:23-25
\par }{\PP \VS{23}Some
time
later,
{\ADD{
after
Saul
had
left
Damascus
and
then
returned}},
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders}} [SYN]
{\ADD{
there}}
plotted
to
kill
him.
\VS{24}{\ADD{
During
each}}
day
and
night
those
Jews
were
continually
watching
{\ADD{
the
people
passing
through}}
the
city
gates,
in
order
that
{\ADD{
when
they
saw
Saul}}
they
might
kill
him.
However,
someone
told
Saul
what
they
planned
to
do.
\VS{25}So
some
of
those
whom
he
had
helped
{\ADD{
to
believe
in Jesus}}
took
him
{\ADD{
one}}
night
{\ADD{
to
the
high
stone
wall
that
surrounded
the
city}}.
They
{\ADD{
used
ropes
to}}
lower
him
in
a
{\ADD{
large}}
basket
through
an
opening
in
the
wall.
{\ADD{
So
he
escaped
from
Damascus}}.
\par }{\SH Barnabas
introduced
Saul
to
other believers
in
Jerusalem.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:26-28
\par }{\PP \VS{26}When
Saul
arrived
in
Jerusalem,
he
began
trying
to
associate
with
other
believers.
However,
{\ADD{
almost}}
all
of
them
continued
to
be
afraid
of
him,
because
they
did
not
believe
that
he
had
become
a believer.
\VS{27}But Barnabas
took
him
and
brought
him
to
the apostles.
He
explained
to
the apostles
how,
{\ADD{
while
Saul
was
traveling}}
along
the
road
{\ADD{
to
Damascus}},
he
had
seen
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
and
how
the
Lord
had
spoken
to
him
{\ADD{
there.
He}}
also
told
them
how
Saul
had
preached
boldly
about
Jesus [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
people}}
in
Damascus.
{\ADD{
The apostles
believed Barnabas
and
told
the
other believers
about
that}}.
\VS{28}So
Saul
began
to
associate
with
the apostles
{\ADD{
and
other believers}}
throughout
Jerusalem,
and
he
spoke
boldly
{\ADD{
to
people}}
about [MTY]
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH The believers
sent
Saul
to Tarsus
because
some
Jews
tried
to
kill
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:29-30
\par }{\PP \VS{29}Saul
was
{\ADD{
also}}
speaking
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}
with
Jews
who
spoke Greek,
and
he
was
debating
with
them.
But
they
were
continually
trying
{\ADD{
to
think}} ◄{\ADD{
of
a
way}}
to
kill
him/of
{\ADD{
how
they
could}}
kill
him►.
\VS{30}When
the
{\ADD{
other}} believers
heard
that
{\ADD{
those
Jews
were
planning
to
kill
him,
some
of}}
the believers
took
Saul
down
to
Caesarea
{\ADD{
city.
There}}
they
arranged
for
him
to
go
{\ADD{
by
ship}}
to
Tarsus,
{\ADD{
his
hometown}}.
\par }{\SH The church
in
Israel
had
peace
and
many
people
believed.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:31
\par }{\PP \VS{31}So
the
groups
of believers
throughout
{\ADD{
the
entire
regions
of}}
Judea,
Galilee,
and
Samaria
lived
peacefully
{\ADD{
because
no
one
was persecuting
them
anymore}}.
The
Holy
Spirit
was
strengthening
them
{\ADD{
spiritually}}
and encouraging
them.
They
were
continuing
to
revere/honor
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus,
and
the
Holy
Spirit}}
was enabling
many
other
people
{\ADD{
to
become believers}}.
\par }{\SH Because
Peter
healed Aeneas,
many
people
believed
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:32-35
\par }{\PP \VS{32}While
Peter
was
traveling
throughout
those
{\ADD{
regions,
once}}
he
went
to
{\ADD{
the coastal
plain
to
visit}}
the believers
{\ADD{
who
lived}}
in
Lydda
{\ADD{
town}}.
\VS{33}There
he
met
a
man
whose
name
was Aeneas. Aeneas
had
not
been
able
to
get
up
from
{\ADD{
his}}
bed
for
eight
years,
because
he
was
paralyzed.
\VS{34}Peter
said
to
him, “Aeneas,
Jesus
Christ
heals
you
{\ADD{(sg)
right
now}}!
Get
up
and
roll
up
your mat!”
Right
away Aeneas
stood
up.
\VS{35}Most
of
the
people
who
lived
in
Lydda
and
on
Sharon
{\ADD{
Plain}}
saw Aeneas
{\ADD{
after
the
Lord
had
healed
him}},
so
they
believed
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Dorcas
died.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:36-37
\par }{\PP \VS{36}In
Joppa
{\ADD{
town}}
there
was
a believer
whose
name
was
Tabitha.
{\ADD{
Her
name}}
in
the
{\ADD{Greek}}
language
was
Dorcas.
{\ADD{
Both
of
these
names
mean
gazelle/deer/antelope}}.
That
woman
was
continually
doing
good
deeds
{\ADD{
for
others.
Specifically}},
she
was
helping
poor
people
{\ADD{
by
giving
them
things
that
they
needed}}.
\VS{37}During
the
time
{\ADD{
that Peter
was
in Lydda}},
she
became
sick
and
died.
{\ADD{
Some
women
there}}
washed
her
body
{\ADD{
according
to
the
Jewish
custom
so
that
the
people
could
bury
it}}.
Then
they
{\ADD{
covered
her
body
with
cloth
and}}
placed
it
in
an upstairs
room
{\ADD{
in
her
house}}.
\par }{\SH Peter resurrected Dorcas.
\par }{\SR Acts 9:38-43
\par }{\PP \VS{38}Lydda
was
near
Joppa,
so
when
the believers
heard
that
Peter
was
{\ADD{
still}}
in
Lydda,
they
sent
two
men
to
{\ADD{
go}}
to
Peter.
{\ADD{
When
they
arrived
where
Peter
was}},
they
repeatedly
urged/begged
him, “Please
come
immediately
with
us
{\ADD{
to
Joppa}}!”
\VS{39}So
{\ADD{
right
away}}
Peter
got
ready
and
went
with
them.
When
they
arrived
{\ADD{
at
the
house
in
Joppa}},
the
two
men
took
Peter
to
the upstairs
room
{\ADD{
where Dorcas’
body
was
lying}}.
All
the
widows
{\ADD{
there}}crowded
around
Peter.
They
were
crying
and
showing
him
the
cloaks
and
{\ADD{
other}}
garments
that
Dorcas
had
made
for
people
while
she
was
still
alive.
\VS{40}But
Peter
sent
them
all
out
of
the
room.
Then
he
got
down
on
his
knees
and
prayed.
Then,
turning
toward Tabitha’s
body,
he
said, “Tabitha,
stand
up!”
{\ADD{
Immediately}}
she
opened
her
eyes
and,
when
she
saw
Peter,
she
sat
up.
\VS{41}He
grasped
one
of
her
hands
and
helped
her
to
stand
up.
After
he
had
summoned
the believers
and
{\ADD{
especially}}
the
widows
{\ADD{
among
them
to
come
back
in}},
he
showed
them
that Tabitha
was
alive
{\ADD{
again}}.
\VS{42}{\ADD{
Soon}}
people
everywhere
in
Joppa
knew
about
that
miracle,
and
as
a
result
many
people
believed
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\VS{43}Peter
stayed
in
Joppa
many
days
with
a
man
named
Simon
who
made
leather
{\ADD{
from
animal
skins}}.

\par }\Chap{10}{\SH Obeying an angel, Cornelius sent men to summon Peter.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:1-8
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}{\ADD{
There
was}}
a
man
{\ADD{
who
lived}}
in
Caesarea
{\ADD{
city}}
whose
name
was
Cornelius.
He
was
an
officer
who
commanded 100
men
in
a
large
group
of
{\ADD{Roman}}
soldiers
from Italy.
\VS{2}He
always
tried
to
do
what
would
please
God;
he
and
his
entire
household [MTY]
{\ADD{
were non-Jews
who}} habitually
worshipped
God.
He
sometimes
gave
money
to
help
poor
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people,
and
he
prayed
to
God
regularly.
\par }{\PP \VS{3}{\ADD{
One
day}}
at
about
three o’clock
in
the
afternoon
{\ADD{
Cornelius
saw}}
a
vision.
He
clearly
saw
an
angel
whom
God
{\ADD{
had
sent}}.
The
angel
came
into
{\ADD{
his
room}}
and
said
to
him, “Cornelius!”
\VS{4}Cornelius stared
at
the
angel
and
became
terrified.
Then
he
asked
{\ADD{
fearfully}}, “Sir,
what
do
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
want?”
The
angel
answered
him, “You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
have
pleased
God
because
you
have
been
praying
{\ADD{
regularly
to
him}}
and
you
often
give
money
to
{\ADD{
help}}
poor
people.
{\ADD{
Those
things
have
been}}
like
a
sacrifice
{\ADD{
to
God}}.
\VS{5}So,
now
command
some
men
to
go
to
Joppa
and
{\ADD{
tell
them
to}}
bring
back
a
man
named
Simon
whose
other
name
is
Peter.
\VS{6}He
is
staying
with
a
man,
{\ADD{
also}}
named
Simon,
who
makes
leather.
His
house
is
near
the
ocean.”
\VS{7}When
the
angel
who
spoke
to
Cornelius
had
gone,
Cornelius
summoned
two
of
his
household
servants
and
a
soldier
who
served
him,
one
who
also
worshipped
God.
\VS{8}He
explained
to
them
everything
{\ADD{
that
the
angel
had
said.
Then}}
he
told
them
to
go
to
Joppa
{\ADD{
to
ask
Peter
to
come
to Caesarea}}.
\par }{\SH Peter’s
vision.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:9-16
\par }{\PP \VS{9}About
noon
the
next
day
those
{\ADD{
three
men}}
were
traveling
{\ADD{
along
the
road}}
and
were
coming
near
{\ADD{
Joppa.
As
they
were
approaching
Joppa}},
Peter
went
up
on
the
{\ADD{
flat}}
housetop
to
pray.
\VS{10}He
became
hungry
and
wanted
something
to
eat.
While
someone
was
preparing
the
food,
{\ADD{
Peter}}
saw
{\ADD{
this}}
vision:
\VS{11}◄He
saw
heaven
open/He
saw
an
opening
in
the
sky►
and
something
like
a
large
sheet
was
being
lowered
{\ADD{
to
the
ground}}.
{\ADD{
It
was
tied
at}}
its
four
corners
{\ADD{
with
ropes}}.
\VS{12}Inside
the sheet
were
all
kinds
of
creatures.
{\ADD{
These
included
animals
and
birds
that
the
Mosaic
laws forbade
Jews
to
eat}}.
Some
had
four
feet,
others
scurried
across
the
ground,
and
others
were
wild
birds.
\VS{13}Then
{\ADD{
he
heard}}
God [SYN]
say
to
him, “Peter,
stand
up,
kill
{\ADD{
and
cook
some
of
these}}
and
eat
{\ADD{
their
meat}}!”
\VS{14}But
Peter
replied, “Lord,
surely
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
do
not
{\ADD{
really
want
me
to
do
that}}!
I
have
never
eaten
any
{\ADD{
meat}}
that
{\ADD{
our
Jewish
law
says}}
is
unacceptable
to
God
or
{\ADD{
something
that
we(exc)}}
must
not
eat!”
\VS{15}{\ADD{
Then
Peter
heard}} [MTY]
God
talk
to
him
a
second
time.
He
said, “{\ADD{
I
am}}
God,
{\ADD{
so}}
if
I
have
made
something
acceptable
{\ADD{
to
eat}},
do
not
say
that
it
is
not
acceptable
{\ADD{
to
eat}}!”
\VS{16}{\ADD{
This
happened}}
three
{\ADD{
times,
so
Peter
knew
that
he
had
to
think
carefully
about
what
it
might
mean}}.
Immediately
{\ADD{
after
God
had
said
that
the
third
time}}, ◄{\ADD{
the}} sheet
{\ADD{
with
the
animals
and
birds}}
was
the
pulled
back
into
heaven/{\ADD{
someone}}
pulled
the sheet
{\ADD{
with
the
animals
and
birds}}
up
into
the
sky
again►.
\par }{\SH The
Holy
Spirit
commanded
Peter
to
go
with
the non-Jewish
men.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:17-23a
\par }{\PP \VS{17}While
Peter
was
trying
to
understand
what
that
vision
meant,
the
men
who
had
been
sent
by
Cornelius $\{$whom
Cornelius
had
sent$\}$
{\ADD{
arrived
in
Joppa.
They
asked
people
how
to
get
to}}
Simon’s
house.
{\ADD{
So
they
found
his
house}}
and
were
standing
outside
the
gate.
\VS{18}They
called
and
were
asking
if
a
man
named
Simon,
whose
other
name
was
Peter,
was
staying
there.
\VS{19}While
Peter
was
still
trying
to
understand
{\ADD{
what}}
the
vision
{\ADD{
meant}},
{\ADD{
God’s}}
Spirit
said
to
him, “Three
men
{\ADD{
are
here
who}}
want
to
see
you.
\VS{20}So
get
up
and
go
downstairs
and
go
with
them!
Do
not
think
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
should
not
go
with
them
{\ADD{
because
of
their
being non-Jews}},
because
I
have
sent
them
{\ADD{
here}}!”
\VS{21}So
Peter
went
down
to
the
men
and
said
to
them, “{\ADD{Greetings!}}
I
am
{\ADD{
the
man}}
you
are
looking
for.
Why
have
you
come?”
\VS{22}One
of
them
replied, “Cornelius,
who
is
a
{\ADD{Roman}}
army
officer,
{\ADD{
sent
us
here}}.
He
is
a
righteous
man
who
worships
God,
and
all
of
the
Jewish
people [HYP]
{\ADD{
who
know
about
him}}
say
that
he
is
a
very
good
man.
An
angel ◄who
was
sent
from
God/whom
God
sent►
said
to
him, ‘Tell
some
men
to
{\ADD{
go
to
Joppa
to
see Simon
Peter
and}}
bring
him
here,
so
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
can
hear
what
he
has
to
say.’ ”
\VS{23}So
Peter
{\ADD{
said
that
he
would
go
with
them,
and
then
he}}
invited
them
into
{\ADD{
the
house}}
and
told
them
that
they
could
stay
{\ADD{
there
that
night}}.
\par }{\SH Peter
went
with
the
men
and
met Cornelius.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:23b-26
\par }{\PP The
next
day
Peter
got
ready
and
went
with
the
men.
Several
of
the believers
from
Joppa
went
with
him.
\VS{24}The
day
after
that,
they
arrived
in
Caesarea.
Cornelius
was
waiting
for
them.
He
had
also
invited
his
relatives
and
close
friends
{\ADD{
to
come
to
his
house,
so
they
were
there,
too}}.
\VS{25}When
Peter
entered
the
house,
Cornelius
met
him
and
bowed
low
in
front
of
him
to
worship
him.
\VS{26}But
Peter
{\ADD{
grasped Cornelius
by
the
hand
and}}
lifted
him
to
his
feet.
He
said, “Stand
up!
{\ADD{
Do
not
revere/worship
me}}
I
myself
am
only
human,
{\ADD{
like
you}}!”
\par }{\SH Peter
asked
why
they
had
sent
for
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:27-29
\par }{\PP \VS{27}While
he
was
talking
to Cornelius,
Peter
{\ADD{
and
the
others}}
entered
{\ADD{
a
large
room
inside
the
house}}.
Peter
saw
that
many
people
had
gathered
together
{\ADD{
there}}.
\VS{28}Then Peter
said
to
them, “You
all
know
that
any
{\ADD{
of
us}}
Jews
think
we
are disobeying
{\ADD{
our
Jewish}}
laws
if
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
associate
with
a non-Jewish
person
or
{\ADD{
if
we
even}}
visit
him.
However,
God
has
shown
me
{\ADD{
in
a
vision}}
that
I
should
not
say
about
anyone
that
God
will
not
accept
him.
\VS{29}So
when
you
sent
{\ADD{
some
men}}
to
ask
me
to
come
{\ADD{
here}},
I
came
{\ADD{
right
away.
I}}
did
not
say
that
I
could
not
go
{\ADD{
with non-Jewish
people.
So,
please
tell
me}},
why
have
you
asked
me
to
come
{\ADD{
here}}?”
\par }{\SH Cornelius
told
about
his
vision.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:30-33
\par }{\PP \VS{30}Cornelius
replied, “About
this
time
four
days
ago
I
was
praying
{\ADD{
to
God}}
in
my
house,
{\ADD{
as
I
regularly
do}}
at
three o’clock
in
the
afternoon.
Suddenly
a
man
whose
clothes
{\ADD{
shone}}
brightly
stood
in
front
of
me,
\VS{31}and
said, ‘Cornelius,
when
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
have
prayed,
you
have
been
heard
by
God $\{$God
has
heard
{\ADD{
when}}
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
have
prayed
{\ADD{
to
him}}$\}$.
He
has
also
noticed
that
you
have
{\ADD{
often}}
given
money
to
{\ADD{
help}}
poor
people,
{\ADD{
and
he
is
pleased
with
that}}.
\VS{32}So
now,
send
{\ADD{
messengers
to
go}}
to
Joppa,
{\ADD{
in
order}}
to
ask
Simon
whose
other
name
is
Peter
to
come
{\ADD{
here}}.
He
is
staying
near
the
ocean
in
a
house
that
belongs
to
{\ADD{
another}}
man
named
Simon,
who
makes
leather.
{\ADD{
When
Simon
Peter
comes,
he
will
tell
you
a
message
from
God}}.’
\VS{33}So
I
immediately
sent
{\ADD{
some
men
who
asked}}
you
{\ADD{(sg)
to
come
here}},
and
I
{\ADD{
certainly}}
thank
you
for
coming.
Now
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
all
are
gathered
{\ADD{
here,
knowing
that}}
God
is
with
us,
in
order
to
hear
all
the
things
that
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
has
commanded
you
{\ADD{
to
say.
So
please
speak
to
us}}.”
\par }{\SH Peter reminded
them
of
what
they
knew
about
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:34-38
\par }{\PP \VS{34}So
Peter
began
to
speak [MTY]
to
them.
He
said, “{\ADD{
Now}}
I
understand
that
it
is
true
that
God
does
not
favor
only
certain
groups
{\ADD{
of
people}}.
\VS{35}Instead,
from
every
group
of
people
he
accepts
{\ADD{
everyone
who}}
honors
him
and
who
does
what
pleases
him.
\VS{36}{\ADD{
You
know}}
the
message
that
God
sent
to
{\ADD{
us}} Israelis.
{\ADD{
He}}
proclaimed
{\ADD{
to
us
the
good
news
that
he}}
would
cause
{\ADD{
people}}
to
have
peace
{\ADD{
with
him}}
because
of
what
Jesus
Christ
{\ADD{
has
done}}.
This
{\ADD{
Jesus
is
Lord
not
only
over
us Israelis.
He}}
is
{\ADD{
also
the}}
Lord
{\ADD{
who
rules}}
over
all
{\ADD{
people}}.
\VS{37}You
know
what
{\ADD{
he}}
did
throughout
the
land
of
Judea,
beginning
in
Galilee.
He
began
{\ADD{
to
do
those
things}}
after
John
had
been
proclaiming
{\ADD{
to
people
that
they
should
turn
away
from
their
sinful
behavior
before}}
he baptized
them.
\VS{38}You
know
that
God
gave [MTY]
his
Holy
Spirit
to
Jesus,
{\ADD{
the
Man}}
from
Nazareth
{\ADD{
town}},
and
gave
him
the
power
{\ADD{
to
do
miracles.
You
also
know}}
how
Jesus
went
to
many
places,
always
doing
good
deeds
and
healing
{\ADD{
people.
Specifically}},
he
was
continually
healing
all
the
people
whom
the
devil
was
causing
to
suffer.
{\ADD{
Jesus
was
able
to
do
those
things}}
because
God
was
always
helping
him.”
\par }{\SH Peter
said
that
God
would
forgive
the
sins
of
all
who
believe
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:39-43
\par }{\PP \VS{39}“We
{\ADD{apostles}}
tell
people
about
all
the
things
that
{\ADD{
we
saw
Jesus}}
do
in
Jerusalem
and
in
the
{\ADD{
rest
of}}
Israel.
{\ADD{
The
leaders
in
Jerusalem}}
had
him
killed
by
being nailed
to
a
cross.
\VS{40}However,
God
caused
him
to
become
alive
again
on
the
third
day
{\ADD{
after
he
had
died}}.
God
{\ADD{
also}}
enabled
{\ADD{
some
of
us(exc)}}
to
see
him
{\ADD{
so
that
we
would
know
that
he
was
alive
again}}.
\VS{41}God
{\ADD{
did}}
not
{\ADD{
let}}
all
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people
see
him.
Instead,
he
had
chosen
us
{\ADD{apostles}}
beforehand
to
see
{\ADD{
Jesus
after
he
became
alive
again}},
and
to
tell
others
{\ADD{
about
him}}.
We
{\ADD{apostles
are
the
people}}
who
ate
meals
with
him ◄after
he
had
become
alive
{\ADD{
again}}/after
he
had
risen
from
the
dead►.
\VS{42}God
commanded
us
to
preach
to
the
people
and
tell
them
that
Jesus
is
the
one
whom
he
has
appointed
to
judge
{\ADD{
everyone
some
day.
He
will
judge
all
}}
those
who
will
{\ADD{
still
}}
be
living
and
all
those
who
will
have
died
{\ADD{
by
that
time}}.
\VS{43}All
of
the
prophets
{\ADD{
who
wrote
about
the
Messiah
long
ago}}
told
{\ADD{
people}}
about
him.
{\ADD{
They
wrote}}
that
if
people
believe
in
the
Messiah [MTY],
God
would
forgive
{\ADD{
them
for}}
their
sins,
because
of
what
{\ADD{
the
Messiah
would
do}}
for
them.”
\par }{\SH The
Holy
Spirit
came
down
on
the non-Jewish
believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 10:44-48
\par }{\PP \VS{44}While
Peter
was
still
speaking
those
words,
suddenly
the
Holy
Spirit ◄came
down
on/began
to
control►
all
{\ADD{
those non-Jewish
people}}
who
were
listening
to
the
message.
\VS{45}The
Jewish
believers
who
had
come
with
Peter
{\ADD{
from
Joppa}}
were
amazed
that
{\ADD{
God}}
had
generously
given
the
Holy
Spirit
to
the non-Jewish
people,
too.
\VS{46}{\ADD{
The
Jewish believers
knew
that
God
had
done
that}}
because
they
were
hearing
those
people
speaking
languages [MTY]
{\ADD{
that
they
had
not
learned}}
and
telling
how
great
God
is.
\VS{47}Then
Peter
said
{\ADD{
to
the
other
Jewish believers
who
were
there}}, “{\ADD{
God}}
has
given
them
the
Holy
Spirit
just
like
{\ADD{
he
gave
him}}
to
us
{\ADD{
Jewish believers}},
so ◄surely
all
of
you
would
agree
that
{\ADD{
we(exc)}}
should baptize
these
people!/would
any
of
you
forbid
that
these
people
should
be baptized?► [RHQ]”
\VS{48}Then Peter
told
those
{\ADD{non-Jewish}}
people
that
they
should
be baptized
{\ADD{
to
show
that
they
had
believed}} [MTY]
in
the
{\ADD{
Lord}}
Jesus
Christ.
{\ADD{
So
they baptized
all
of
them.
After
they
were baptized}},
they
requested
that Peter
stay
{\ADD{
with
them}}
several
days.
{\ADD{
So Peter
and
the
other
Jewish believers
did
that}}.

\par }\Chap{11}{\SH Some Jewish believers criticized Peter.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:1-3
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}The apostles
and
{\ADD{
other}} believers
who
lived
in
various
towns
in
Judea
{\ADD{
province}}
heard
people
say
that
{\ADD{
some}} non-Jewish
people
had
believed
the
message
{\ADD{
from}}
God
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
\VS{2}So
when
Peter
{\ADD{
and
the
six
other believers}}
returned
{\ADD{
from Caesarea}}
to
Jerusalem,
{\ADD{
some}}
Jewish believers
criticized
Peter,
{\ADD{
because
they
thought
that
Jews
should
not
associate
with non-Jews}} [MTY].
\VS{3}They
said
to
him, “Not
only
was
it
wrong
for
you(sg)
to
visit non-Jewish
people,
you
{\ADD{
even}}
ate
with
them!”
\par }{\SH Peter
told
about
his
vision.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:4-10
\par }{\PP \VS{4}So
Peter
began
to
explain
exactly
{\ADD{
what
had
happened
concerning Cornelius}}.
\VS{5}He
said, “I
was
praying
{\ADD{
by
myself}}
in
Joppa
{\ADD{
town}},
and
in
a
trance
I
saw
a
vision.
I
saw
that
something
like
a
large
sheet
was
being
lowered
from
heaven.
{\ADD{
It
was
tied
with
ropes}}
at
its
four
corners,
and
it
came
down
to
where
I
was.
\VS{6}As
I
was
looking intently
into
it,
I
saw
some tame
animals
{\ADD{
but
also
animals
that
our
laws
forbid
us
to
eat,
including}}
wild
animals,
snakes,
and
wild
birds.
\VS{7}Then
I
heard
God [MTY]
commanding
me, ‘Peter,
get
up,
kill
{\ADD{
some
of
these}},
and
{\ADD{
cook
and}}
eat
{\ADD{
their
meat}}!’
\VS{8}But
I
replied, ‘Lord,
{\ADD{
you(sg)}}
surely
do
not
{\ADD{
really
want
me
to
do
that}},
because
I
have
never
eaten [MTY]
meat
{\ADD{
from
any
animal}}
that
{\ADD{
our
laws
say}}
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
must
not
eat [SYN]!’
\VS{9}God
spoke
from
heaven
{\ADD{
to
me}}
a
second
time, ‘{\ADD{
I
am}}
God,
{\ADD{
so}}
if
I
have
made
something
acceptable
{\ADD{
to
eat}},
do
not
say
that
it
is
not
acceptable
{\ADD{
to
eat}}!’
\VS{10}Then
{\ADD{
after
that
happened
three
times,
the sheet
with}}
all
{\ADD{
those
animals
and
birds}}
was
pulled
up
into
heaven
again.”
\par }{\SH Peter
said
that
the
Holy
Spirit
came
to
be
with
the non-Jewish believers.
Peter
accepted
those non-Jews
as
fellow believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:11-17
\par }{\PP \VS{11}“At
that
exact
moment,
three
men
who
had
been $\{$whom
{\ADD{Cornelius}}
had$\}$
sent
from
Caesarea
arrived
at
the
house
where
I
was
staying.
\VS{12}{\ADD{
God’s}}
Spirit
told
me
that
I
should
be
willing
to
go
with
them
{\ADD{
even
though
they
were
not
Jews}}.
These
six
{\ADD{
Jewish}} believers
{\ADD{
from
Joppa}}
went
with
me
{\ADD{
to Caesarea}},
and
then
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
went
into
that
{\ADD{non-Jewish}}
man’s
house.
\VS{13}He
told
us
that
he
had
seen
an
angel
standing
in
his
house.
The
angel
told
him, ‘Tell
some
{\ADD{
men}}
to
go
to
Joppa
and
bring
back
Simon
whose
other
name
is
Peter.
\VS{14}He
will
tell
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
how
you
and
everyone [MTY]
else
in
your
house
will
be
saved $\{$how
{\ADD{
God}}
will
save
you
and
everyone [MTY]
else
in
your
house$\}$.’
\VS{15}After
I
started
to
speak,
the
Holy
Spirit
{\ADD{
suddenly}}
came
down
on
them,
just
like
he
had
first [MTY]
come
on
us
{\ADD{
during
the Pentecost
festival}}.
\VS{16}Then
I
remembered
what
the
Lord
had
said: ‘John
caused
people
to
be baptized
in
water,
but
{\ADD{
God}}
will
cause
the
Holy
Spirit
{\ADD{
to
enter
you
and
change
your
lives.’}}
\VS{17}God
gave
those non-Jews
the
same
Holy
Spirit
that
he
had
given
to
us
{\ADD{(inc)}}
after
we
believed
in
the
Lord
Jesus
Christ.
So, ◄{\ADD{
I}}
could
not
{\ADD{
possibly}}
tell
God
that
he
did
wrong
{\ADD{
when
he
gave
them
the
Holy
Spirit!}}/how
could
I
{\ADD{
tell}}
God
that
he
did
wrong
{\ADD{
when
he
gave
them
the
Holy
Spirit}}?► [RHQ]
{\ADD{
He
was
showing
that
he
had
received
them}}!”
\par }{\SH They
praised
God
that
he
also
saves non-Jewish
people.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:18
\par }{\PP \VS{18}After
{\ADD{
those
Jewish believers}}
heard
what
Peter
said,
they
stopped criticizing
{\ADD{
him.
Instead}},
they
praised
God,
saying, “Then
it
is
{\ADD{
clear
to
us
that}}
God
has
also
accepted
the non-Jews
so
that
they
will
have
eternal
life,
if
they
turn
from
their
sinful
behavior
{\ADD{
and
believe
in
Jesus}}!”
\par }{\SH Many non-Jews
in Antioch
believed
in
the
Lord
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:19-21
\par }{\PP \VS{19}After
{\ADD{
people
had
killed}}
Stephen,
many
of
the believers
left
{\ADD{
Jerusalem
and
went}}
to
other
places,
because
people
were
causing
them
to
suffer
{\ADD{
there
in
Jerusalem.
Some
of}}
them
went
to
Phoenicia
{\ADD{
region}},
some
went
to
Cyprus
{\ADD{
Island}},
and
others
went
to Antioch
{\ADD{
city
in
Syria
province.
In
those
places}}
they
were
continually
telling
people
the
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}},
but
they
told
only
other
Jewish
people.
\VS{20}Some
of
the believers
were
men
from
Cyprus
and
from
Cyrene
{\ADD{
city
in
north Africa}}.
They
went
to Antioch,
and
{\ADD{
although
they
told
other
Jews
about}}
the
Lord
Jesus,
they
also
told non-Jewish
people
{\ADD{
there}}.
\VS{21}The
Lord
{\ADD{
God}} [MTY]
was powerfully enabling
those
{\ADD{
believers
to
preach effectively.
As
a
result}},
very
many
{\ADD{non-Jewish}}
people
believed
{\ADD{
their
message
and}}
trusted
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Barnabas
encouraged
the
believers
at Antioch.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:22-24
\par }{\PP \VS{22}The
group
of believers
in
Jerusalem
heard [MTY]
{\ADD{
people
say
that
many
people
in Antioch
were believing
in
Jesus.
So}}
the
{\ADD{
leaders}}
of
the
congregation
in
{\ADD{
Jerusalem}}
asked Barnabas
to
go
to Antioch.
\VS{23}When
he
got
{\ADD{
there}},
he
realized
that
God
had
acted
kindly
toward
{\ADD{
the believers.
So}}
he
was
very
happy,
and
he
continually
encouraged
all
of
the
{\ADD{believers}}
to
continue
to
trust
completely
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\VS{24}Barnabas
was
a
good
man
{\ADD{
whom}}
the
Holy
Spirit
completely
controlled,
one
who
trusted
{\ADD{
God}}
completely.
{\ADD{
Because
of
what Barnabas
did}},
many
people
{\ADD{
there}}
believed
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Barnabas
and
Saul
taught
many believers
at Antioch.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:25-26
\par }{\PP \VS{25}Then Barnabas
went
to
Tarsus
{\ADD{
in Cilicia
province
to
try}}
to
find
Saul.
\VS{26}After
he
found
him, Barnabas
brought
him
{\ADD{
back
to}} Antioch
{\ADD{
to
help
teach
the believers.
So
during}}
a
whole
year
{\ADD{Barnabas
and
Saul}}
met
{\ADD{
regularly}}
with
the
congregation
{\ADD{
there}}
and
taught
many
of
them
{\ADD{
about
Jesus.
It
was}}
at Antioch
that
the believers
were
first
called
Christians $\{${\ADD{
that
people}}
first
called
the believers
Christians$\}$.
\par }{\SH Believers
in Antioch
helped
needy believers
in
Judea.
\par }{\SR Acts 11:27-30
\par }{\PP \VS{27}During
the
time
{\ADD{
that Barnabas
and
Saul
were}}
at Antioch,
some
{\ADD{believers
who
were}}
prophets
arrived
there
from
Jerusalem.
\VS{28}One
of
them,
whose
name
was Agabus,
stood
up
{\ADD{
in
order
to
speak}}.
{\ADD{
God’s}}
Spirit
enabled
him
to
prophesy ◄that
there
would
soon
be
a
famine
in
many
countries/that
{\ADD{
people}}
in
many
countries [HYP]
would
soon
{\ADD{
suffer
because
they}}
would
not
have
enough
{\ADD{
food}}
to
eat►. (That
famine
happened
when
Claudius
was
the
{\ADD{Roman Emperor}}.)
\VS{29}When
the believers
{\ADD{
there
heard
what Agabus
said}},
they
decided
that
they
would
send
{\ADD{
money}}
to
help
the believers
who
lived
in
Judea.
Each
{\ADD{
of
them
decided
to
give
as
much
money}}
as
he
was
able
{\ADD{
to
give}}.
\VS{30}They
sent
{\ADD{
the
money}}
with Barnabas
and
Saul
to
the
leaders
of
the
congregation
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}.

\par }\Chap{12}{\SH Herod had James killed and Peter put in prison.
\par }{\SR Acts 12:1-4
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}It
was
about
this
time
that
King
Herod
{\ADD{Agrippa
sent
soldiers}} [MTY]
who
seized
{\ADD{
and
put
in
prison}}
some
of
the
{\ADD{
leaders}}
of
the
congregation
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem.
He
did
that}}
because
he
wanted
to
make
the believers
suffer.
\VS{2}He
commanded
{\ADD{
a
soldier}}
to
cut
off
the
head
of
{\ADD{
the apostle}}
James,
the
{\ADD{
older}}
brother
of
{\ADD{
the apostle}}
John.
\VS{3}When
Herod
realized
that
he
had
pleased
the
{\ADD{
leaders
of
the}}
Jewish
people
by
{\ADD{
doing
that}},
he
commanded
{\ADD{
soldiers}}
to
arrest
Peter
{\ADD{
in
order
to
kill
him}},
too.
This
happened
during
the
festival
{\ADD{
when
the
Jewish
people
ate}}
bread
{\ADD{
that}}
did
not
have
yeast.
\VS{4}After
{\ADD{
they}}
seized
Peter,
they
put
him
in
prison.
They
arranged
for
four
groups
of
soldiers
to
guard
Peter.
Each
{\ADD{
group}}
had
four
soldiers.
{\ADD{
Every
three
hours
a
different
group
began
to
guard
him
while
the
others
rested}}.
Herod
wanted
to
bring
Peter
out
{\ADD{
of
prison
and
judge
him}}
in
front
of
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people
after
the
Passover
{\ADD{
Festival
was
finished.
He
then
planned
to
command
soldiers
to
execute
Peter}}.
\par }{\SH An
angel
freed
Peter
from
prison.
\par }{\SR Acts 12:5-11
\par }{\PP \VS{5}So
{\ADD{
for
several
days}}
Peter
was
kept $\{$they
kept
Peter$\}$
in
prison.
But
the
{\ADD{
other believers}}
in
the
congregation
at
{\ADD{
Jerusalem}}
were
praying
earnestly
to
God
{\ADD{
that
he
would
help}}
Peter.
\VS{6}The
night
{\ADD{
before}}
Herod
planned
to
bring
Peter
out
{\ADD{
from
prison
to
have
him
executed}}
publicly,
Peter
was
sleeping
{\ADD{
in
the
prison}}
between
two
soldiers,
with
two
chains
binding
his
arms
{\ADD{
to
the
arms
of
the
soldiers.
Two
other}}
soldiers
were
guarding
the
prison
doors.
\VS{7}Suddenly
an
angel
{\ADD{
from}}
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
stood
{\ADD{
beside
Peter}},
and
a
{\ADD{
bright}}
light
shone
in
his
cell.
The
angel poked
Peter
in
the
side
and
woke
him
up
and
said, “Get
up
quickly!”
{\ADD{
While
Peter
was
getting
up}},
the
chains
fell
off
from
his
wrists.
{\ADD{
However,
the
soldiers
were
not
aware
of
what
was happening}}.
\VS{8}Then
the
angel
said
to
Peter, “Put
on
your
clothes
and
sandals!”
So
Peter
did.
Then
the
angel
said
to
him, “Fasten
your
belt/girdle
{\ADD{
around
you(sg)}}
and
put
on
your
sandals!”
So
Peter
did
that.
Then
the
angel
told
him, “Wrap
your
cloak
around
you
and
follow
me!”
\VS{9}So,
{\ADD{
after
Peter
put
on
his
cloak
and
sandals}},
he
followed
{\ADD{
the
angel}}
out
{\ADD{
of
the
prison
cell}},
but
he
had
no
idea
that
what
the
angel
was
doing
was
really
happening.
He
thought
{\ADD{
that
he}}
was
seeing
a
vision.
\VS{10}Peter
and
the
angel
walked
by
the
soldiers
who
were
guarding
the
two
doors,
{\ADD{
but
the
soldiers
did
not
see
them.
Then}}
they
came
to
the
iron
gate
that
{\ADD{
led}}
out
into
the
city.
The
gate
opened
by
itself,
and
Peter
and
the
angel
walked
out
{\ADD{
of
the
prison}}.
After
they
had
walked
{\ADD{
a
ways}}
along
one
street,
the
angel
suddenly
disappeared.
\VS{11}Then
Peter
{\ADD{
finally}}
realized
that
{\ADD{
what
had
happened
to
him
was
not
a
vision,
but}}
it
had
really
happened.
So
he
said
{\ADD{
to
himself}}, “Now
I
really
know
that
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
sent
an
angel
{\ADD{
to
help
me}}.
He
rescued
me
from
what
Herod
planned
to
do [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
me}},
and
{\ADD{
also}}
from
all
the
things
that
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders}} [SYN]
expected
{\ADD{
that
Herod
would
do
to
me}}.”
\par }{\SH Peter
reported
to
the
other believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 12:12-17
\par }{\PP \VS{12}When
Peter
realized
{\ADD{
that
God
had
rescued
him}},
he
went
to
Mary’s
house.
She
was
the
mother
of
John
whose
other
name
was
Mark.
Many
{\ADD{believers}}
had
assembled
there,
and
they
were
praying
{\ADD{
that
God
would
help
Peter somehow}}.
\VS{13}When Peter
knocked
at
the
outer
entrance,
a
servant
girl
named
Rhoda
came
to
find
out
{\ADD{
who
was
outside
the
door}}.
\VS{14}{\ADD{
When
Peter
answered
her}},
she
recognized
his
voice,
but
she
was
so
happy
{\ADD{
and
excited}}
that
she
did
not
open
the
door!
Instead,
she
ran
back
{\ADD{
into
the
house}}.
She
{\ADD{excitedly}}
announced
{\ADD{
to
the
other believers}}
that
Peter
was
standing
outside
the
door.
\VS{15}But
{\ADD{
one
of}}
them
said
to
her, “You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are crazy!”
But
she
continued
saying
that
it
was
{\ADD{
really
true.
Then}}
they
repeatedly
said, “{\ADD{
No}},
{\ADD{
it
cannot
be
Peter}}.
It
is
{\ADD{probably}}
the
angel
{\ADD{
who
was
guarding}}
him
{\ADD{
who
has
come}} (OR,
It
is
the
angel
{\ADD{
who
has
guarded/protected}}
him,
{\ADD{
and
he
has
come
to
tell
us
that}}
Peter
{\ADD{
has
died}}.)”
\VS{16}But
Peter
continued
knocking
{\ADD{
on
the
door.
So
when
someone
finally}}
opened
the
door,
they
saw
that
it
was
Peter,
and
they
were
completely
amazed!
\VS{17}Peter
motioned
with
his
hand
for
them
to
be
quiet.
Then
he
told
them
exactly
how
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
had
led
him
out
of
the
prison.
He
{\ADD{
also}}
said, “Tell
James,
the
{\ADD{
leader}}
of
our
{\ADD{
congregation}},
and
our
{\ADD{
other}}
fellow believers
what
has
happened.”
Then
{\ADD{
Peter
left
and}}
went
away
to
another
town.
\par }{\SH Herod
commanded
soldiers
to
execute
the
guards.
\par }{\SR Acts 12:18-19
\par }{\PP \VS{18}The
next
morning
the
soldiers
{\ADD{
who
had
been
guarding}}
Peter
became
terribly
distressed,
{\ADD{
because
they
did
not
know}}
what
had
happened
to
him.
\VS{19}Then
Herod
{\ADD{
heard
about
it}}.
So
he
{\ADD{
commanded
soldiers}}
to
search
for
Peter,
but
they
did
not
find
him.
Then
he
questioned
the
soldiers
{\ADD{
who
had
been
guarding
Peter}},
and
asked
them, “{\ADD{
How
did
Peter
get
away
when
you
were
there
guarding
him?}}”
{\ADD{
But
they
could
not
explain
it.
So}}
he
commanded
them
to
be
led
away
{\ADD{
to
be
executed}} $\{${\ADD{
other
soldiers}}
to
lead
them
away
{\ADD{
to
execute
them}}$\}$.
{\ADD{
Afterwards}},
Herod
went
from
Judea
{\ADD{
province}}
down
to
Caesarea,
where
he
stayed
{\ADD{
for
some
time}}.
\par }{\SH An
angel
caused
Herod
to
die.
\par }{\SR Acts 12:20-23
\par }{\PP \VS{20}King
Herod
had
been
furiously
angry
with
the
people
{\ADD{
who
lived}}
in
Tyre
and
Sidon
{\ADD{
cities.
Then}}
one
day
some
men
{\ADD{
who represented
them}}
came unitedly
{\ADD{
to Caesarea
in
order
to
meet
with}}
Herod.
They
persuaded Blastus,
who
was
one
of Herod’s
important
officials,
to
tell
{\ADD{
Herod}}
that
the
people
{\ADD{
in
their
cities}}
wanted
to
make
peace
{\ADD{
with
him.
They
wanted
to
be
able
to
trade
with
the
people
that
Herod
ruled}},
because
they
needed
to
buy
food
from
those
regions.
{\ADD{
Herod
had
commanded
the
people
in
the
areas
he
ruled
to
stop
selling
food
to
the
people
in
those
cities}}.
\VS{21}On
the
day
that
Herod
had
planned
to
{\ADD{
meet
with
them}},
he
put
on ◄very expensive
clothes
that
showed
that
he
was
king/his
royal
robes►.
Then
he
sat
on
his ◄throne/chair
from
which
he
ruled
{\ADD{
people}}►,
and
{\ADD{formally}}
addressed
{\ADD{
all}}
the
people
{\ADD{
who
had
gathered
there}}.
\VS{22}Those
who
{\ADD{
were
listening
to
him}}
shouted
repeatedly, “{\ADD{
This
man
who}}
is
speaking
is
a
god,
not
a
man!”
\VS{23}So,
because Herod
{\ADD{
let
the
people
praise
him}}
instead
of
praising
God,
immediately
an
angel
{\ADD{
from}}
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
caused Herod
to
become
seriously
ill.
{\ADD{
Many}}
worms
ate
his
intestines,
and
{\ADD{
soon}}
he
died
{\ADD{
very painfully}}.
\par }{\SH Many
people
heard
God’s
message
and
became believers. Barnabas
and
Saul
returned
to Antioch
from
Jerusalem.
\par }{\SR Acts 12:24-25
\par }{\PP \VS{24}{\ADD{
The believers}}
continued
telling
God’s
message
to
people
in
many
places,
and ◄{\ADD{
the
number
of
people
who
believed
in
Jesus}}
was
continually
increasing/there
were
continually
more
and
more
people
who
were believing
in
Jesus►.
\par }{\PP \VS{25}When Barnabas
and
Saul
finished
{\ADD{
delivering
the
money
to
help
the
Jewish believers
in
Judea}},
they
left
Jerusalem
and
returned
{\ADD{
to Antioch,
in
Syria
province}}.
They
took
John,
whose
other
name
was
Mark,
with
them.

\par }\Chap{13}{\SH The Holy Spirit commanded Barnabas and Saul to go on a mission.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:1-3
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Among
{\ADD{
the
people
in}}
the
congregation
at Antioch
there
were ◄prophets/those
who
spoke
messages
from
God►
and
those
who
taught
{\ADD{
people
about
Jesus.
They
were}} Barnabas;
Simeon,
who
was
also
called
Niger/Blackman;
Lucius,
from
Cyrene
{\ADD{
city}};
Manaen,
who
had
grown
up
with
{\ADD{
King}}
Herod
{\ADD{Antipas}};
and
Saul.
\VS{2}While
they
were
worshipping
the
Lord
and
fasting,
the
Holy
Spirit
said
{\ADD{
to
them}}, “Appoint Barnabas
and
Saul
to
{\ADD{
serve}}
me
and
to
{\ADD{
go
and
do}}
the
work
that
I
have
chosen
them
{\ADD{
to
do}}!”
\VS{3}So
they
continued ◄to
fast/to
abstain
from
eating
food►
and
pray.
Then
having
put
their
hands
on Barnabas
and
Saul
and
{\ADD{
praying
that
God
would
help
them}},
they
sent
them
off
{\ADD{
to
do
what
the
Holy
Spirit
had
commanded}}.
\par }{\SH Barnabas
and
Saul
preached
the gospel
in
Jewish meetings
place
on
Cyprus.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:4-5
\par }{\PP \VS{4}Barnabas
and
Saul,
guided
by
the
Holy
Spirit,
went
down
{\ADD{
from Antioch}}
to
Seleucia
{\ADD{
port}}.
From
there
they
went
by
ship
to Salamis
{\ADD{
port
on
Cyprus
Island}}.
\VS{5}While
they
were
in
Salamis,
{\ADD{
they
went}}
to
the
Jewish
meeting
places.
There
they
proclaimed
the
message
from
God
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
John
{\ADD{
Mark
went
with
them
and}}
was
helping
them.
\par }{\SH Saul-Paul
denounced
a
sorcerer,
and
an
official
believed
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:6-12
\par }{\PP \VS{6}{\ADD{
The
three
of}}
them
went
across
the
entire
island
to
Paphos
{\ADD{
city}}.
There
they
met
a
magician
whose
name
was Bar-Jesus.
He
was
a
Jew
who
falsely
{\ADD{
claimed}} ◄to
be
a
prophet/to
speak
messages
from
God►.
\VS{7}He
often
accompanied
the
governor
{\ADD{
of
the
island}},
Sergius
Paulus,
who
was
an
intelligent
man.
The
governor
sent
{\ADD{
someone}}
to
ask Barnabas
and
Saul
to
come
to
him,
because
he
wanted
to
hear
God’s
message.
{\ADD{
So Barnabas
and
Saul
came
and
told
him
about
Jesus}}.
\VS{8}However,
the
magician,
whose
name
was
Elymas
{\ADD{
in
the Greek
language}},
was opposing
them.
He
repeatedly
tried
to
persuade
the
governor
not
to
believe
{\ADD{
in Jesus}}.
\VS{9}Then
Saul,
who
now
called
himself
Paul,
empowered
by
the
Holy
Spirit,
looked intently
at
the
magician
and
said,
\VS{10}“You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
serving
the
devil
and
you
oppose
everything
that
is
good!
You
are
always
lying
{\ADD{
to
people}}
and
doing
{\ADD{
other}}
evil
things
to
them. ◄You
must
stop
saying
that
the
truth
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God
is
a
lot
of
lies!}}/When
will
you
stop
changing
what
is
true
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God
and
saying}}
what
is
not
true
about
him?► [RHQ]
\VS{11}Right
now
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}} [MTY]
is
going
to
punish
you!
You
will
become
blind
and
not
{\ADD{
even}}
be
able
to
see
light
for
{\ADD{
some}}
time.”
At
once
he
became
{\ADD{
blind,
as
though
he
was}}
in
a
dark
mist,
and
he groped
about,
searching
for
someone
{\ADD{
to
hold
him
by
the}}
hand
and
lead
him.
\VS{12}When
the
governor
saw
what
had
happened
{\ADD{
to Elymas}},
he
believed
{\ADD{
in
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
He
was
amazed
by
{\ADD{
what
Paul
and Barnabas}}
were
teaching
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH The
leaders
of
the
Jewish
meeting
place
in Antioch
asked
Paul
and Barnabas
to
speak
to
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:13-15
\par }{\PP \VS{13}{\ADD{
After
that}},
Paul
and
the
two
men
with
him
went
by
ship
from
Paphos
to
Perga
{\ADD{
port}}
in
Pamphylia
{\ADD{
province.
At
Perga}}
John
{\ADD{
Mark}}
left
them
and
returned
to
{\ADD{
his
home
in}}
Jerusalem.
\VS{14}Then
Paul
and Barnabas
traveled
{\ADD{
by
land}}
from
Perga,
and
arrived
in Antioch
{\ADD{
city}}
near
Pisidia
{\ADD{
district
in Galatia
province}}. ◄On
the
Sabbath/On
the
Jewish
rest
day►
they
entered
the
synagogue/the
Jewish
meeting
place
and
sat
down.
\VS{15}{\ADD{
Someone}}
read
{\ADD{
aloud}}
from
what
{\ADD{
Moses
had
written.
Then
someone
read
from
what
the
other}}
prophets
{\ADD{
had
written}} [MTY].
Then
the
leaders
of
the
Jewish
meeting
place
gave
{\ADD{
someone
this}}
note
{\ADD{
to
take}}
to
Paul
and Barnabas: “Fellow
Jews,
if
{\ADD{
one
of}}
you
wants
to
speak
to
the
people
{\ADD{
here}}
to
encourage
them,
please
speak
{\ADD{
to
us(exc)
now}}.”
\par }{\SH Paul
said
that
God
helped
Israel
and
gave
them
the
land
of
Canaan.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:16-20
\par }{\PP \VS{16}So
Paul
stood
up
and
motioned
with
his
right
hand
{\ADD{
so
that
the
people
would
listen
to
him}}.
Then
he
said, “Fellow Israelis
and
you
{\ADD{non-Jewish
people}}
who
{\ADD{
also}}
worship
God,
{\ADD{
please}}
listen
{\ADD{
to
me}}!
\VS{17}God,
whom
we
{\ADD{(inc)}} Israelis
worship,
chose
our
ancestors
{\ADD{
to
be
his
people}},
and
he
caused
them
to
become
very
numerous
while
they
were
foreigners
living
in
Egypt.
{\ADD{
Then
after
many
years}},
God
helped
them [MTY] powerfully
and
led
them
out
of
there.
\VS{18}{\ADD{
Even
though
they
repeatedly
disobeyed
him,
he}}
cared
for
them
for
about 40
years
{\ADD{
while
they
were}}
in
the
desert.
\VS{19}He
{\ADD{
enabled
the Israelis}}
to
conquer
seven
tribal
groups
{\ADD{
who
were
then
living}}
in
Canaan
{\ADD{
region}},
and
he
gave
their
land
to
us Israelis
for
us
to
possess.
\VS{20}{\ADD{
Our
ancestors
began
to
possess
Canaan}}
about 450
years
after
{\ADD{
their
ancestors
had
arrived
in
Egypt}}.”
\par }{\SH Paul
told
about
God’s
removing
Saul
and appointing
David
to
be
Israel’s
king.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:20b-22
\par }{\PP “After
that,
God
appointed
leaders
{\ADD{
to
rule
the Israeli
people.
Those
leaders
continued
to
rule
our
people}}
until
the
time
when
the
prophet
Samuel
{\ADD{
ruled
them}}.
\VS{21}Then,
{\ADD{
while
Samuel
was
still
their
leader}},
the
people
demanded
that
he
{\ADD{
appoint}}
a
king
{\ADD{
to
rule
them.
So}}
God
appointed
Saul,
the
son
of
Kish,
from
the
tribe
of
Benjamin,
{\ADD{
to
be
their
king}}.
He
{\ADD{
ruled
them}}
for 40
years.
\VS{22}After
God
had
rejected
Saul
{\ADD{
from
being
king}},
he
appointed
David
to
be
their
king.
God
said
about
him, ‘I
have
observed
that
David,
son
of
Jesse,
is
exactly
the
kind
of
man
that
I
desire [IDM].
He
will
do
{\ADD{
everything
that}}
I
want
{\ADD{
him
to
do}}.’ ”
\par }{\SH Paul
said
that
God
sent
David’s
descendant,
Jesus,
to
Israel
to
save
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:23-25
\par }{\PP \VS{23}“From
{\ADD{
among}}
David’s
descendants,
God
brought
one
of
them,
Jesus,
to
{\ADD{
us}} Israeli
people
to
save
us,
just
like
he
had
told
{\ADD{
David
and
our
other
ancestors}}
that
he
would
do.
\VS{24}Before Jesus
began
his
work,
John
{\ADD{
the Baptizer}}
preached
to
all
of
our Israeli
people
{\ADD{
who
came
to
him.
He
told
them}}
that
they
should
turn
away
from
their
sinful
behavior
{\ADD{
and
ask
God
to
forgive
them.
Then
he}}
would baptize
them.
\VS{25}When
John
was
about
to
finish
the
work
{\ADD{
that
God
gave
him
to
do}},
he frequently
said
{\ADD{
to
the
people}}, ‘Do
you
think [RHQ]
that
I
am
{\ADD{
the
Messiah
whom
God
promised
to
send}}?
No,
I
am
not.
But
listen!
The
Messiah
will
{\ADD{
soon}}
come.
{\ADD{
He
is
so
much
greater
than
I
am
that}}
I
am
not
{\ADD{
even}}
important
enough
to
be
his
slave [MET].’ ”
\par }{\SH Paul
said
that
God resurrected
Jesus
and
caused
many
people
to
see
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:26-31
\par }{\PP \VS{26}“Fellow Israelis,
you
who
are
descendants
of
Abraham,
and
{\ADD{
you non-Jewish
people
who}}
also
worship
God,
{\ADD{
please
listen!
It
is}}
to
{\ADD{
all
of}}
us
that
{\ADD{
God}}
has
sent
the
message
about
{\ADD{
how
he}}
saves
people.
\VS{27}The
people
who
were
living
in
Jerusalem
and
their
rulers
did
not
realize
that
this
man
{\ADD{
Jesus
was
the
one
whom
God
had
sent
to
save
them}}.
Although
messages
from [MTY]
the
prophets
have
been
read
{\ADD{
aloud}} $\{$someone
has
read
{\ADD{
aloud}}
messages
from [MTY]
the
prophets$\}$
every ◄Sabbath/Jewish
day
of
rest►,
they
did
not
understand
{\ADD{
what
the
prophets
wrote
about
the
Messiah.
So}}
the
{\ADD{
Jewish
leaders}}
condemned
Jesus
{\ADD{
to
die}},
which
was
just
like
the
prophets
predicted.
\VS{28}{\ADD{
Many
people
accused
Jesus
of
doing
wicked
things}},
but
they
could
not
prove
that
he
had
done
anything
for
which
he
deserved
to
die.
They insistently
asked
Pilate
{\ADD{
the
governor}}
to
command
that
Jesus
be
executed $\{$to
command
soldiers
to
execute
Jesus$\}$.
{\ADD{
So
Pilate
did
what
they
asked
him
to
do}}.
\VS{29}They
did
{\ADD{
to
Jesus}}
all
the
things
that
{\ADD{
the
prophets
long
ago
had}}
written
{\ADD{
that
people
would
do
to}}
him.
{\ADD{
They
killed
Jesus
by nailing
him
to
a
cross.
Then}}
his
body
was
taken $\{${\ADD{
some
people
took}}
his
body$\}$
down
from
the
cross
and
placed
it
in
a
tomb.
\VS{30}However,
God ◄raised
him
from
the
dead/caused
him
to
live
again
after
he
had
died►
\VS{31}and
for
many
days
he
{\ADD{
repeatedly}}
appeared
to
{\ADD{
his
followers}}
who
had
come
along
with
him
from
Galilee
{\ADD{
province}}
to
Jerusalem.
Those
{\ADD{
who
saw
him}}
are
telling
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people
about
him
now.”
\par }{\SH Paul
said
that
God
had
done
what
he
had
promised
that
he
would
do
by resurrecting
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:32-37
\par }{\PP \VS{32}“{\ADD{
Right}}
now
we
{\ADD{
two}}
are
proclaiming
to
you
this
good
message.
We
want
to
tell
you
that
God
has
fulfilled
what
he
promised
to
{\ADD{
our
Jewish}}
ancestors!
\VS{33}He
has
now
done
that
for
us
{\ADD{(inc)
who
are}}
their
descendants,
{\ADD{
and
also
for
you
who
are
not
Jews}},
by
causing
Jesus
to
live
again.
That
is
just
like
what
{\ADD{
David}}
wrote
in
the
second
Psalm
that
{\ADD{
God
said
when
he
was
sending
his
Son}},
\par }{\Q You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
my
Son;
\par }{\Q Today
I
have
shown
everyone
{\ADD{
that
I
really
am}}
your
Father.
\par }{\PP \VS{34}{\ADD{
God}}
has ◄raised
{\ADD{
the
Messiah}}
from
the
dead/caused
{\ADD{
the
Messiah}}
to
live
again
after
he
had
died►
and
will
never
let
him
die
again.
{\ADD{
Concerning
that,
God}}
said
{\ADD{
to
our
Jewish
ancestors}}, ‘I
will
surely
help
you,
as
I
{\ADD{
promised}}
David
{\ADD{
that
I
would
do}}.’
\VS{35}So
{\ADD{
in
writing}}
another
{\ADD{
Psalm,
David}}
said
this
{\ADD{
to
God
about
the
Messiah}}: ‘Because
I
am
devoted
to
you
and
always
obey
{\ADD{
you,
when
I
die}}
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
will
not
let
my
body
decay.’
\VS{36}While
David
was
living,
he
did
what
God
wanted
him
to
do.
And
when
he
died [EUP],
his
{\ADD{
body}}
was
buried,
{\ADD{
as}}
his ancestors’
{\ADD{
bodies
had
been
buried}},
and
his
body
decayed.
{\ADD{
So
he
could
not
have
been
speaking
about
himself
in
this
Psalm}}.
\VS{37}{\ADD{
Instead,
he
was
speaking
about
Jesus.
Jesus
also
died}},
but
God ◄raised
him
from
the
dead/caused
him
to
live
again►,
and
{\ADD{
therefore}}
his
body
did
not
decay.”
\par }{\SH Paul
informed
them
that
God
would
forgive
their
sins
if
they
believed
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:38-41
\par }{\PP \VS{38-39}“Therefore,
{\ADD{
my}}
fellow Israelis
{\ADD{
and
other
friends}},
it
is
important
for
you
to
know
that
{\ADD{
we(exc)}}
are
declaring
to
you
{\ADD{
that
God}}
can
forgive
you
for
your
sins
as
a
result
of
{\ADD{
what}} Jesus
{\ADD{
has
done}}.
Because
of
{\ADD{
what}} Jesus
{\ADD{
has
done}},
{\ADD{
God}}
considers
that
everyone
who
believes
{\ADD{
in Jesus}}
is
no
longer
guilty (OR,
the
record
has
been erased $\{${\ADD{
God}}
has erased
the
record$\}$)
concerning
everything
that
they
{\ADD{
have
done
that
displeased
God.
But}}
when
{\ADD{
God}}
does
{\ADD{
that
for
you}},
it
is
not
as
a
result
of
{\ADD{
your
obeying}}
the
laws
{\ADD{
that}}
Moses
{\ADD{
wrote}}.
\VS{40}Therefore
be
careful
that
{\ADD{
God}}
does
not
judge
you [MTY],
as
one
of
the
prophets
said [MTY]
that
God
would
do!
\VS{41}{\ADD{
The
prophet
wrote
that
God
said}},
\par }{\Q You
who
ridicule
{\ADD{
me}},
you
will
{\ADD{
certainly}}
be
astonished
{\ADD{
when
you
see
what
I
am
doing}},
and
{\ADD{
then}}
you
will
be
destroyed.
You
will
be
astonished
because
I
will
do
something
{\ADD{
terrible
to
you}}
while
you
are
living.
You
would
not
believe
{\ADD{
that
I
would
do
that}}
even
though
someone
told
you!”
\par }{\SH People
asked
Paul
and Barnabas
to
speak
to
them
again
the
next
Jewish
day
of
rest.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:42-43
\par }{\PP \VS{42}After
Paul
{\ADD{
finished
speaking}},
while
he
and Barnabas
were
leaving
the
Jewish
meeting
place,
{\ADD{
many
of}}
the
people
there
repeatedly
requested
that
on
the
next ◄Sabbath/Jewish
day
of
rest►
{\ADD{
the
two
of
them}}
should
speak
to
them
{\ADD{
again}}
about
those
things
{\ADD{
that
Paul
had
just
told
them}}.
\VS{43}After
they
began
to
leave
{\ADD{
that
meeting}},
many
{\ADD{
of
them}}
went
along
with
Paul
and Barnabas.
They
consisted
of
Jews
and
also
of non-Jews
who
had
accepted
the
things
that
the
Jews
believe.
Paul
and Barnabas
continued
talking
to
them,
and
were
urging
them
to
continue
{\ADD{believing
the
message
that}}
God
kindly
{\ADD{
forgives
people’s
sins
because
of
what
Jesus
did}}.
\par }{\SH Many non-Jews
believed
in
Jesus
and
told
others
about
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:44-49
\par }{\PP \VS{44}On
the
next
Jewish
rest
day,
most
of
the
{\ADD{
people
in Antioch
came
to}}
the
Jewish
meeting
place
to
hear
{\ADD{
Paul
and Barnabas}}
speak
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\VS{45}But
{\ADD{
the
leaders
of}} [SYN]
the
Jews
became
extremely
jealous,
because
they
saw
that
large
crowds
of
{\ADD{non-Jewish
people
were
coming
to
hear
Paul
and Barnabas.
So}}
they
began
to contradict
the
things
that
Paul
was
saying
{\ADD{
and
also}}
to
insult
{\ADD{
him}}.
\VS{46}Then,
speaking
very
boldly,
Paul
and Barnabas
said
{\ADD{
to
those
Jewish
leaders}}, “{\ADD{
We
two}}
had
to
speak
the
message
from
God
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}
to
you
{\ADD{
Jews}}
first
{\ADD{
before
we
proclaim
it
to non-Jews,
because
God
commanded
us
to
do
that.
But}}
you
are rejecting
God’s
message.
{\ADD{
By
doing
that}},
you
have
shown
that
you
are
not
worthy ◄to
have
eternal
life/to
live
eternally
{\ADD{
with
God}}►.
{\ADD{
Therefore}},
we
are
leaving
{\ADD{
you,
and
now
we}}
will
go
to
the non-Jewish
people
{\ADD{
to
tell
them
the
message
from
God}}.
\VS{47}{\ADD{
We
are
doing
that
also}}
because
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
has
commanded
us
{\ADD{
to
do
it}}.
He
said
to
us,
\par }{\Q ‘I
have
appointed
you
{\ADD{
to
reveal
things
about
me}}
to non-Jewish
people [MET]
that
will
be
{\ADD{
like}}
a
light
to
them.
{\ADD{
I
have
appointed}}
you
to
tell
people
everywhere [MTY]
in
the
world
{\ADD{
about
the
one
who
came}}
to
save
{\ADD{
them}}.’ ”
\par }{\PP \VS{48}While
the non-Jewish
people
were
listening
{\ADD{
to
those
words}},
they
began
to
rejoice,
and
they
repeatedly
said
that
the
message
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
was
wonderful.
And
all
of
the non-Jewish
people
whom
{\ADD{
God}}
had
chosen ◄to
have
eternal
{\ADD{
life/to
live
eternally
with
God}}►
believed
{\ADD{
the
message
about
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
\VS{49}{\ADD{
At
that
time,
many
of
the believers}}
traveled
around
throughout
that
region.
As
they
did
that,
they
were
proclaiming
the
message
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}} [MTY].
\par }{\SH People
expelled
the apostles,
but
the believers
continued
on.
\par }{\SR Acts 13:50-52
\par }{\PP \VS{50}However,
{\ADD{
some
leaders
of}} [SYN]
the
Jews
incited
the
most
important
men
in
the
city,
and
{\ADD{
some}}
important/influential
women
who
had
accepted
what
the
Jews
believe,
to
oppose
{\ADD{
Paul
and Barnabas.
So
those non-Jewish
people}}
incited
{\ADD{
other
people
also}}
to
persecute
Paul
and Barnabas.
As
a
result
they
expelled
the
two
men
from
their
region.
\VS{51}So,
{\ADD{
as
the
two apostles
were
leaving,
they}}
shook
the
dust
from
their
feet
{\ADD{
to
show
those
Jewish
leaders
that
God
had
rejected
them
and
would
punish
them.
They
left Antioch}}
and
went
to
Iconium
{\ADD{
city}}.
\VS{52}Meanwhile,
the believers
{\ADD{
in Antioch}}
continued
to
rejoice
greatly,
and
they
continued
to
be
completely
controlled
by
the
Holy
Spirit.

\par }\Chap{14}{\SH Paul and Barnabas preached the gospel and performed miracles in Iconium.
\par }{\SR Acts 14:1-3
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}At
Iconium
Paul
and Barnabas
went
as
usual
into
the
Jewish
meeting
place
and
spoke
very convincingly
{\ADD{
about
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
As
a
result,
many
Jews
and
also non-Jews
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}.
\VS{2}But
{\ADD{
some
of}}
the
Jews
refused
to
believe
{\ADD{
that
message,
and}}
told
the non-Jews
not
to
believe
it.
They
told
the non-Jewish
people
that
the
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}
was
not
true.
As
a
result,
{\ADD{
some
of}}
the non-Jews
became
angry towards
the believers
{\ADD{
there}}.
\VS{3}So
Paul
and Barnabas
spent
considerable
time
there
speaking
boldly
for
the
Lord,
and
the
Lord
Jesus
enabled
them
to
do
many
miracles.
In
this
way
he
showed
{\ADD{
people}}
that
the
message
about
how
the
Lord
saves
us
in
a
way
that
we
do
not
deserve
is
true.
\par }{\SH Before
people
could
attack
the apostles,
they
escaped
to Lystra
and Derbe.
\par }{\SR Acts 14:4-7
\par }{\PP \VS{4}The
people
{\ADD{
who
lived
}}
in
{\ADD{Iconium
}}
city
strongly disagreed
with
each
other
{\ADD{
concerning
the
message
about
Jesus}}.
Some
of
them
agreed
with
the
Jews [SYN]
{\ADD{
who
did
not
believe
that
message}}.
Others
agreed
with
Paul
and Barnabas.
\VS{5}Then
the non-Jewish
people
and
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders
}} [SYN]
{\ADD{
who
opposed
those
two}}
talked
among
themselves
about
how
they
could
mistreat
them.
Some
of
the
important
men
in
that
city
agreed
to
help
them.
Together,
they
decided
that
they
would
{\ADD{
kill
Paul
and Barnabas
by
}}
throwing
stones
at
them.
\VS{6}But
Paul
and Barnabas
heard
about
that,
so
they
quickly
went
away
to
Lycaonia
{\ADD{
district.
They
went}}
to
Lystra
and
Derbe
{\ADD{
cities
in
that
district}}
and
to
the
area
surrounding
{\ADD{
those
cities}}.
\VS{7}{\ADD{
While
they
were}}
in
that
area,
they
continually
told
people
the
message
{\ADD{
about
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH God
enabled
Paul
to
heal
a
lame
man.
\par }{\SR Acts 14:8-10
\par }{\PP \VS{8}{\ADD{
Once
while
Paul
was
preaching
to
people}}
in
Lystra,
a
man
was
sitting
there
who
was
crippled
in
his
legs.
When
{\ADD{
his
mother}}
bore
him
he
had
crippled
legs,
so
he
was
never
able
to
walk.
\VS{9}He
listened
as
Paul
was
speaking
{\ADD{
about
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
Paul
looked
directly
at
him
and
could
see
{\ADD{
in
the
man’s
face}}
that
he
believed
that
{\ADD{
the
Lord
Jesus}}
could
make
him
well.
\VS{10}So
Paul
called
out
{\ADD{
to
him}}, “Stand
up!”
{\ADD{
When
the
man
heard
that}},
he
{\ADD{
immediately}} jumped
up
and
began
to
walk
{\ADD{
normally}}.
\par }{\SH The apostles
stopped
the
people
from
worshipping
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 14:11-18
\par }{\PP \VS{11}When
the
crowd
saw
what
Paul
had
done,
{\ADD{
they
thought
that
Paul
and Barnabas
}}◄{\ADD{
were/must
be}}►
{\ADD{
the
gods
that
they
worshipped}}.
So
they
shouted
{\ADD{excitedly}}
in
their
{\ADD{
own}}
Lycaonia
language, “{\ADD{
Look!
These
people
are}}
the
gods
{\ADD{
that
we(inc)
worship!
They
}}have
made
themselves
look
like
people
and
have
come
down
{\ADD{
from
the
sky/heaven
to
help
us}}!”
\VS{12}They
began
to
say
that Barnabas
was
{\ADD{probably
the
chief
god,
whose
name
was
}}Zeus.
And
{\ADD{
they
began
to
say
that}}
Paul
was
Hermes,
{\ADD{
the
messenger/spokesman
for
the
other
gods.
They mistakenly
thought
that}}
because
Paul
was
the
one
who
had
been
speaking.
\VS{13}Just
outside
{\ADD{
the
gates
of}}
the
city
there
was
a
temple
{\ADD{
where
the
people
worshipped
Zeus.
The
priest
who
was
there
heard
what
Paul
and Barnabas
had
done,
so
he
came}}
to
the
city
gate,
where
many
people
had
already
gathered.
He
brought
{\ADD{
two
}}
bulls
with
wreaths
{\ADD{
of
flowers
around
their
necks}}.
The
priest
and
the
other
people
wanted
to
kill
the
bulls
{\ADD{
as
part
of
a
ceremony}}
to
worship
Paul
and Barnabas.
\VS{14}But
when
the apostles, Barnabas
and
Paul,
heard
about
that,
{\ADD{
and
understood
that
the
people
thought
that
they
were
gods
and
wanted
to
sacrifice
the
bulls
to
worship
them}},
they
{\ADD{
were
very
distressed}},
so
they
tore
their
own
clothes.
They
rushed
among
the
people,
shouting,
\VS{15}“Men, ◄you
must
not
kill
those
bulls
{\ADD{
to
worship
us(dl)!}}/why
are
you
doing
this?► [RHQ]
{\ADD{
We
are
not
gods}}!
We
are
just
human
beings
like
you!
We
have
come
to
tell
you
some
good
news!
{\ADD{
We
have
come
to
tell
you
about
}}the
God
who
is all-powerful.
He
wants
you
to
stop
worshipping
other
gods,
because
they
cannot
help
you.
This
true
God
made
the
heaven/sky
and
the
earth
and
the
oceans
and
everything
in
it.
\VS{16}In
the
past,
all
of
you non-Jewish
people
{\ADD{
worshipped
whatever
gods
that
you
wanted
to}}.
God
let
you
worship
them,
{\ADD{
because
you
did
not
know
him}}.
\VS{17}But
he
has
shown
us [LIT]
{\ADD{
that}}
he
acts
kindly
{\ADD{
toward
us(inc)}}.
He
is
the
one
who
causes
it
to
rain
and
causes
crops
to
grow.
He
is
the
one
who
gives
you
plenty
of
food,
and
makes
you
very
happy.”
\VS{18}The
people
heard
what
{\ADD{
Paul}}
said,
but
they
still
thought
that
they
should
sacrifice
those
bulls
to
worship
Paul
and Barnabas.
{\ADD{
But
finally,
the
people
decided
not
to
do
it}}.
\par }{\SH Some
Jews
incited
people
to
stone
Paul
at Lystra.
\par }{\SR Acts 14:19-20a
\par }{\PP \VS{19}{\ADD{
However}},
after
that,
some
Jews
came
from Antioch
and
Iconium
and
persuaded
many
of
the
people
of Lystra
{\ADD{
that
the
message
Paul
had
been
telling
them}}
was
not
true.
The
people
{\ADD{
who
believed
what
those
Jews
said
became
angry
with
Paul.
They
let
the
Jews}}
throw
stones
at
him
{\ADD{
until
he
fell
down, unconscious}}.
They
{\ADD{
all}}
thought
that
he
was
dead,
so
they
dragged
him
outside
the
city
{\ADD{
and
left
him
lying
there}}.
But
some
of
the believers
{\ADD{
in Lystra
had
followed
them
outside
the
city}}.
\VS{20}They
came
and
stood
around
Paul,
{\ADD{
where
he
was
lying
on
the
ground}}.
And
Paul
{\ADD{
became
conscious!
He}}
stood
up
and
went
back
into
the
city
{\ADD{
with
the believers}}.
\par }{\SH The apostles revisited believers
and
appointed
leaders.
\par }{\SR Acts 14:20b-23
\par }{\PP The
next
day,
Paul
and Barnabas
{\ADD{
left Lystra
and}}
traveled
to
Derbe.
\VS{21}They
{\ADD{
stayed
there
several
days
and
they
kept
telling}}
the
people
the
good
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
Many
people
became believers.
After
that,
Paul
and Barnabas
{\ADD{
started
on
their
way
back.
They}}
went
again
to
Lystra.
{\ADD{
Then
they
went
from
there}}
to
Iconium,
and
{\ADD{
then
they
went}}
to Antioch
{\ADD{
in Pisidia
province}}.
\VS{22}{\ADD{
In
each
city}},
they
helped
the believers [SYN]
to
become
strong
{\ADD{spiritually}},
and
they
urged
them
to
keep
on
trusting
in
{\ADD{
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
They
told
{\ADD{
the believers}}, “It
is
necessary
that
{\ADD{
we
endure}}
people
often persecuting
us
{\ADD{(inc)}}
before
we
enter
the
place
where
God
will
rule
{\ADD{
over
us
forever}}.”
\VS{23}Paul
and Barnabas
appointed
leaders
for
each
congregation.
{\ADD{
And
before
Paul
and Barnabas
left
each
town,
they
gathered
the
believers
together
and
spent
some
time}}
praying
and ◄fasting/not
eating
any
food►.
Then
Paul
and Barnabas
entrusted
the
{\ADD{
leaders
and
other
believers}}
to
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}},
in
whom
they
had
believed,
{\ADD{
in
order
that
he
would
care
for
them}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
and Barnabas
reported
to
the
believers
at
Syrian Antioch.
\par }{\SR Acts 14:24-28
\par }{\PP \VS{24}After
Paul
and Barnabas
had
traveled
through
Pisidia
{\ADD{
district}},
they
went
{\ADD{
south}}
to
Pamphylia
{\ADD{
district}}.
\VS{25}{\ADD{
In
that
district}},
they
{\ADD{
arrived}}
at
Perga
and
preached
God’s
message
{\ADD{
about
the
Lord
Jesus
to
the
people
there.
Then}}
they
went
down
{\ADD{
to
the
seacoast}}
at Attalia.
\VS{26}There
they
got
on
a
ship
and
went
back
to Antioch
{\ADD{
in
Syria
province}}.
That
was
the
place
where
Paul
and Barnabas
had
been
appointed $\{$where
{\ADD{believers}}
had
sent
Paul
and Barnabas$\}$
to
go
{\ADD{
to
other
places}}
and
preach.
{\ADD{Antioch
was
the
place
where
the believers}}
had
asked
God
to
kindly
help
Paul
and Barnabas
in
the
work
that
they
had
now
completed.
\VS{27}When
they
arrived
in Antioch,
they
called
the believers
together.
Then
Paul
and Barnabas
told
them
all
that
God
had
helped
them
to
do.
{\ADD{
Specifically,
they
told
them
how
God}}
had
enabled [IDM]
{\ADD{
many}} non-Jewish
people
to
believe
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}.
\VS{28}Then
Paul
and Barnabas
stayed
in Antioch
with
the
{\ADD{
other}} believers
for
several
months.

\par }\Chap{15}{\SH Some Jewish believers said that God will save only people who are circumcised.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:1-2
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}{\ADD{
Then}}
some
{\ADD{
Jewish}} believers
went
down
from
Judea
{\ADD{
province}}
to Antioch.
They
started
teaching
the
{\ADD{non-Jewish}} believers
{\ADD{
there,
and
said}}, “{\ADD{
You}} ◄{\ADD{
must}}
be
circumcised/must
have
God’s
mark
put
on
you►
{\ADD{
to indicate
you
belong
to
God}},
as
Moses
{\ADD{
commanded}}
in
the
laws
that
{\ADD{
he
received
from
God}}.
If
you
do
not
do
that,
you
will
not
be
saved $\{${\ADD{
God}}
will
not
save
you$\}$.”
\VS{2}Paul
and Barnabas
strongly disagreed
with
those
Jews
and
started
arguing
{\ADD{
with
them.
So
the believers
at Antioch}}
appointed
Paul
and Barnabas
and
some
of
the
other believers
to
go
to
Jerusalem,
in
order
that
they
would/could
discuss
this
matter
with
the apostles
and
{\ADD{
other
spiritual}}
leaders.
\par }{\SH Paul
and Barnabas
reported
what
God
had
enabled
them
to
do.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:3-4
\par }{\PP \VS{3}After
Paul, Barnabas,
and
the
others
were
given
things
for
their
trip
by
the
congregation
{\ADD{
at Antioch}} $\{$After
the
congregation
{\ADD{
at Antioch}}
gave
Paul, Barnabas,
and
the
others
things
for
their
trip$\}$,
they
traveled
through
Phoenicia
and
Samaria
{\ADD{
provinces.
When
they
stopped
at
different
places
in
those
provinces}},
they
reported
{\ADD{
to
the believers}}
that
{\ADD{
many}} non-Jews
{\ADD{
in Antioch}}
had
become believers.
As
a
result,
all
the believers
{\ADD{
in
those
places}}
rejoiced
greatly.
\VS{4}And
when
Paul, Barnabas,
and
the
others
arrived
in
Jerusalem,
they
were
welcomed
by
the apostles,
the
{\ADD{
other}}
elders,
and
the
{\ADD{
other
members
of
the}}
congregation
{\ADD{
there}} $\{$the apostles,
the
{\ADD{
other}}
elders,
and
the
{\ADD{
other
members
of
the}}
congregation
{\ADD{
there}}
welcomed
them$\}$.
Then
Paul
and Barnabas
reported
the
things
that
God
had
enabled
them
to
do
{\ADD{
among non-Jewish
people}}.
\par }{\SH Some
Jewish believers
said
that non-Jewish believers
must
obey
Moses’
laws.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:5
\par }{\PP \VS{5}But
some
of
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
believers
who
belonged
to
the
Pharisee sect
stood
up
{\ADD{
among
the
other
believers
and}}
said
to
them, “The non-Jews
{\ADD{
who
have
believed
in
Jesus}}
must
be
circumcised,
and
they
must
be
told
to
obey
the
laws
{\ADD{
that
God
gave
to}}
Moses.”
\par }{\SH Peter
told
about non-Jews
becoming
believers
when
he
preached
to
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:6-11
\par }{\PP \VS{6}Then
the apostles
and
{\ADD{
the
other}}
elders
met
together
in
order
to
talk
about
this
matter.
\VS{7}After
they
had discussed
it
for
a
long
time,
Peter
stood
up
and
spoke
to
them.
He
said, “Fellow
believers,
you
{\ADD{
all}}
know
that
a
long
time
ago
God
chose
me
from
among
you
{\ADD{
other apostles,
in
order
that}}
the non-Jewish
people
might
{\ADD{
also}}
hear
me [SYN]
tell
{\ADD{
them}}
the
good
message
{\ADD{
about
the
Lord
Jesus}},
so
that
they
could
hear
{\ADD{
it}}
and
believe
{\ADD{
in
him.
So
Paul
and Barnabas
are
not
the
first
ones
to
tell non-Jews
about
Jesus}}.
\VS{8}God
knows
{\ADD{
and
judges}}
people
according
to
what
they
think,
{\ADD{
not
according
to
who
their
ancestors
were}}.
By
sending
the
Holy
Spirit
to
{\ADD{
the non-Jews}},
just
like
{\ADD{
he
had}}
also
done
for
us
{\ADD{(inc)}}
Jews,
he
showed
{\ADD{
me
and
others}}
that
he
had
accepted
them
{\ADD{
also
to
be
his
people}}.
\VS{9}{\ADD{
God}}
saved
us
{\ADD{
Jews}}
and
those
{\ADD{non-Jews}}
similarly,
making
them
clean spiritually
simply
as
a
result
of
their
believing
{\ADD{
in
the
Lord
Jesus.
That
was
exactly
how
he
has
forgiven
us}}.
\VS{10}{\ADD{
You
are
wanting
to
force
the non-Jewish believers
to
obey
our
Jewish rituals
and
laws}}—laws
that
God
has
shown
that
he
does
not
require
them
to
obey [MET].
{\ADD{
Your
doing
that
is
like}}
putting
a
heavy
burden
on
them!
So
then, ◄stop
making
God
angry
by
doing
that!/why
are
you
making
God
angry
by
doing
that?► [RHQ]
Our
ancestors
and
we
{\ADD{(inc)
Jews}}
have
never
been
able
to
bear
{\ADD{
the
burden
of
obeying
those
laws}}!
\VS{11}But
we
{\ADD{(inc)
know
that
it
is
not
because}}
we
{\ADD{(inc)
try
to
obey
those
laws
that
God
saves
us(inc)
Jews.
On
the
contrary}},
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
know
that
it
is
because
of
what
the
Lord
Jesus
did
for
us
{\ADD{(inc)}}
that
we
did
not
deserve
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
are
saved $\{$that
{\ADD{
God}}
saves
us$\}$
{\ADD{
from
the
guilt
of
our
sins.
God
saves non-Jews
who
believe
in
the
Lord
Jesus}}
exactly
like
{\ADD{
he
saves}}
us
Jews.”
\par }{\SH Barnabas
and
Paul
reported
what
God
had
helped
them
to
do
among
the non-Jews.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:12
\par }{\PP \VS{12}All
the
people
{\ADD{
there}}
became
silent
{\ADD{
after
Peter
had
spoken}}.
Then
they
{\ADD{
all}}
listened
to Barnabas
and
Paul,
{\ADD{
as
the
two
of}}
them
told
about
the
many
great
miracles
that
God
had
enabled
them
to
do
among
the non-Jewish
people,
{\ADD{
miracles
that
showed
that
God
had
accepted
the non-Jews}}.
\par }{\SH James recommended
what
they
should
tell
the non-Jewish believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:13-21
\par }{\PP \VS{13}When Barnabas
and
Paul
had
finished
speaking,
James,
{\ADD{
the
leader
of
the
group
of believers
there
in
Jerusalem}},
spoke
to
all
of
them.
{\ADD{
He
said}}, “Fellow believers,
listen
to
me.
\VS{14}Simon
{\ADD{Peter}}
has
told
you
how
God
previously
blessed
the non-Jews.
God
did
that
by
choosing
from
among
them
a
people
who
would
belong
to
him [MTY].
\VS{15}{\ADD{
These}}
words
that
{\ADD{
God
spoke}},
words
that
were
written
by
{\ADD{
one
of}}
the
prophets $\{$that
one
of
the
prophets
wrote$\}$
{\ADD{
long
ago}},
agree
with
that:
\par }{\PI \VS{16}Later
on
I
will
return
and
I
will re-establish
the
kingdom [MET]
that
David
{\ADD{
ruled}}
and
that
has
been $\{$that
{\ADD{
people}}
have$\}$
destroyed.
My
{\ADD{
doing
that
will
be
like}}
rebuilding
{\ADD{
a
house}}
that
has
been $\{$that
{\ADD{
people}}
have$\}$
torn
down.
\VS{17}I
will
do
that
in
order
that
all
other
people
might
seek
{\ADD{
me}},
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God.
I
will
do
that
in
order
that}}
all
the non-Jews
whom
I
have
called
{\ADD{
to
belong}}
to
me [MTY]
might
seek
me.
{\ADD{
You
can
be
certain
that
this
will
happen
because
I}}
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}},
who
will
do
those
things,
have
spoken
{\ADD{
these
words}}.
\VS{18}I
{\ADD{
caused
my
people
to
know
about
them}}
long
ago.”
\par }{\PP \VS{19}{\ADD{James
continued
by
saying}}, “Therefore
I
have
decided
{\ADD{
that
we(inc)}}
should
stop bothering
the non-Jewish
people
who
are
turning
{\ADD{
away
from
their
sins
and
turning}}
to
God.
{\ADD{
That
is,
we
should
stop demanding
that
they
obey}}
all
{\ADD{
our
laws}}
and rituals.
\VS{20}Instead,
we
should
write
{\ADD{
a
letter}}
to
them
{\ADD{
requiring
only
four
things:
They
should}}
not
eat
{\ADD{
meat/food
that
people}}
have
offered
to
idols,
they
should
not
have
sex
with
someone
to
whom
they
are
not
married,
they
should
not
{\ADD{
eat
meat
from
animals
that
have
been
killed
by}}
being
strangled $\{${\ADD{
people
have
strangled}}$\}$,
and
{\ADD{
they
should
not
eat}}
the
blood
{\ADD{
of
animals}}.
\VS{21}In
many
cities,
for
a
very
long
time
people
have
been
proclaiming
{\ADD{
the
laws
that}}
Moses
{\ADD{
wrote}} [MTY],
{\ADD{
laws prohibiting
those
things}}.
And
every ◄Sabbath/Jewish
day
of
rest►
{\ADD{
those
laws}}
are
read $\{$someone
reads
{\ADD{
those
laws}}$\}$
in
the
Jewish
meeting
places.
{\ADD{
So
if
the non-Jews
want
to
know
more
about
those
laws,
they
can
find
out
in
our
meeting
houses}}.”
\par }{\SH The church
leaders
sent
messengers
with
a
letter
to non-Jewish believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:22-29
\par }{\PP \VS{22}The apostles
and
the
{\ADD{
other}}
elders,
along
with
all
the
{\ADD{
other}}
members
of
the
congregation,
accepted
{\ADD{
what James
had
said}}.
Then
they
decided
that
they
should
choose
men
from
among
themselves
and
that
they
should
send
them,
along
with
Paul
and Barnabas,
to Antioch,
to
{\ADD{
let
the believers
there
know
what
the
leaders}}
at
Jerusalem
had
decided.
So
they
chose
Judas,
who
was
also
called Barsabbas,
and
Silas,
who
were
leaders
among
the believers
{\ADD{
at
Jerusalem}}.
\VS{23}Then
they
wrote
the
following
letter
{\ADD{
that
they
asked Judas
and Silas
to
take
to
the believers
at Antioch}}:
\par }{\LI “{\ADD{
We(exc)}} apostles
and
{\ADD{
other}}
leaders
who
are
your
fellow believers
{\ADD{
send
our
greetings
to
you
as
we
write
this
to
you}} non-Jewish believers
{\ADD{
who
live}}
in Antioch
and
{\ADD{
other
places
in}}
Syria
and
Cilicia
{\ADD{
provinces}}.
\VS{24}People
have
told
us
that
some
men
from
among
us
went
{\ADD{
to
you}},
although
we
had
not
told
{\ADD{
them
to
do
that}}.
They
troubled/distressed
you [SYN]
{\ADD{
by
telling
you
things}}
that
confused
your
thinking.
\VS{25}So
{\ADD{
while
we(exc)
met
together
here}},
we
decided
to
choose
some
men
and
ask
them
to
go
to
you,
along
with Barnabas
and
Paul,
whom
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
love
very
much.
\VS{26}Those
two
have
put
their
lives
in
danger
because
of
their
{\ADD{
serving}}
our
Lord [MTY]
Jesus
Christ.
\VS{27}We
{\ADD{(exc)
have
also
chosen}}
Judas
and
Silas
to
go
to
you.
They
will
tell
you
the
same
things
{\ADD{
that
we
are
writing}}.
\VS{28}The
Holy
Spirit
and
{\ADD{
also}}
we
decided
that
you
should
not
be
required $\{$that
we
should
not
require
you$\}$
to
obey
a
lot
of
burdensome
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
laws.
Instead,
{\ADD{
we}}
only
{\ADD{
require
you
to
obey}}
the
following
instructions,
\par }{\QB \VS{29}You
should
not
eat
food
that
people
have
sacrificed
to
idols.
\par }{\QB You
should
not
eat
blood
from
animals,
and
you
should
not
eat
meat
from
animals
that
people
have
killed
by
strangling
them.
\par }{\QB Also,
you
should
not
have
sex
with
someone
to
whom
you
are
not
married.
\par }{\PP Those
things
{\ADD{
especially
offend
Jewish believers.
So
if}}
you
avoid
doing
them,
you
will
be
doing
what
is
right.
That
is
all.”
\par }{\SH The
letter
and
messengers
encouraged
the believers
at Antioch.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:30-32
\par }{\PP \VS{30}The
{\ADD{
four}}
men
whom
{\ADD{
they}}
had
chosen
went
{\ADD{
from
Jerusalem}}
to Antioch
{\ADD{
city.
When}}
all
the believers
{\ADD{
there}}
had
assembled
together,
{\ADD{Judas
and Silas}}
gave
the
letter
to
them.
\VS{31}When
the believers
there
read
the
letter,
they
rejoiced,
{\ADD{
because
its
message}}
encouraged
them.
\VS{32}{\ADD{
Just
like
Paul
and Barnabas
were}} ◄{\ADD{
prophets/men
who
spoke
messages
from
God}}►,
Judas
and
Silas
were
also
prophets.
They
spoke
for
a
long
time
and
encouraged
the believers
{\ADD{
there}},
and
helped
them
to
trust
more
strongly
{\ADD{
in
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
and Barnabas
continued
to
teach
and
preach
in Antioch.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:33-35
\par }{\PP \VS{33-34}After
{\ADD{Judas
and Silas
}}
had
stayed
in Antioch
for
some
time
{\ADD{
and
were
ready
to
return
to
Jerusalem}},
the believers
{\ADD{
there}}
wished
them
well,
and
the believers
{\ADD{
prayed
that
God
}}
would
protect
{\ADD{
them
as
they
traveled.
So
the
two
men
}}
started
to
go
back
to
the
leaders
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem
}}
who
had
asked
them
to
go
{\ADD{
to Antioch}}.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 15:33-34 }
just before they left, Silas decided to stay there
in Antioch.” Each translator should choose between this text and the implied information that we have given in verse 40. Each should choose the way to translate that seems the most preferable.}
\VS{35}However,
Paul
and Barnabas
continued
to
stay
in Antioch.
{\ADD{
While
they
were
there}},
they,
along
with
many
others,
were
teaching
{\ADD{
people}}
and
preaching
to
them
the
message
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
and Barnabas
separated,
and
Paul
chose Silas.
\par }{\SR Acts 15:36-41
\par }{\PP \VS{36}After
some
time
Paul
said
to Barnabas, “Let’s
go
back
and
visit
the
fellow believers
in
every
city
where
we
{\ADD{
previously}}
proclaimed
the
message
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus.
In
that
way,
we
will
know}}
how
{\ADD{
well}}
they
are
continuing
{\ADD{
to
believe
in
the
Lord
Jesus}}.”
\VS{37}Barnabas
{\ADD{
agreed
with
Paul,
and
said
that
he}}
wanted
to
take
John,
whose
other
name
was
Mark,
along
with
them
{\ADD{
again}}.
\VS{38}However,
Paul
{\ADD{
told Barnabas
that
he}}
thought
that
it
would
not
be
good
to
take
Mark
{\ADD{
with
them,
because}}
Mark
had
deserted
them
when
they
were
previously
in
Pamphylia
{\ADD{
region}},
and
had
not
continued
to
work
with
them.
\VS{39}Paul
and Barnabas
strongly disagreed
{\ADD{
with
each
other
about
that}},
so
they
separated. Barnabas
took
Mark
{\ADD{
along
with
him
and
they
got}}
on
a
ship
and
went
to
Cyprus.
\VS{40}Paul
chose
Silas,
{\ADD{
who
had
returned
to Antioch,
to
work
with
him}}.
The believers
{\ADD{
there}}
asked
the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
to
graciously
help
{\ADD{
Paul
and
Silas.
Then}}
the
two
of
them
departed
{\ADD{
from Antioch}}.
\VS{41}Paul
continued
traveling
{\ADD{
with Silas}}
through
Syria
and
Cilicia
{\ADD{
provinces}}.
In
those
places
he
was
helping
the
congregations
to
trust
strongly
{\ADD{
in
the
Lord
Jesus}}.

\par }\Chap{16}{\SH Paul chose Timothy to work with him and Silas.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:1-3
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Paul
{\ADD{
and Silas
}}went
to
Derbe
{\ADD{
city
and
visited
the
believers
there}}.
Next
{\ADD{
they
went
to}}
Lystra
{\ADD{
city}}.
A
believer
whose
name
was
Timothy
lived
there.
His
mother
was
a
Jewish
believer,
but
his
father
was
a
Greek.
\VS{2}The believers
in
Lystra
and
Iconium
said
good
things
about Timothy,
\VS{3}and
Paul
wanted
to
take Timothy
with
him
{\ADD{
when
he
went}}
to
other
places,
so
he
circumcised Timothy.
{\ADD{
He
did
that
so
that}}
the
Jews
who
lived
in
those
places
{\ADD{
would
accept Timothy}},
because
they
knew
that
his non-Jewish
father
{\ADD{
had
not
allowed
him
to
be
circumcised}} $\{${\ADD{
anyone
to
circumcise
his
son}}$\}$.
\par }{\SH Paul, Silas
and Timothy
told believers
in Galatia
what
the church
leaders
had
decided.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:4-5
\par }{\PP \VS{4}{\ADD{
So Timothy
went
with
Paul
and Silas}}
and
they
traveled
to
many
other
towns.
{\ADD{
In
each
town}}
they
told
{\ADD{
the}} believers
the
rules
that
had
been
decided
by
the apostles
and
elders
in
Jerusalem $\{$that
the apostles
and
elders
in
Jerusalem
had
decided$\}$
that
{\ADD{non-Jewish}} believers
should
obey.
\par }{\PP \VS{5}{\ADD{
God
was
helping}}
the believers
in
those
towns
to
trust
more
strongly
{\ADD{
in
the
Lord
Jesus}},
and
every
day
more
people
became believers.
\par }{\SH Because
of
a
vision
in Troas,
Paul
went
to
preach
in Macedonia.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:6-10
\par }{\PP \VS{6}Paul
and
his
companions
wanted/planned
to
enter
Asia
{\ADD{
province
}}and
preach
the
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}
there,
but
they
were
prevented
by
the
Holy
Spirit $\{$the
Holy
Spirit
prevented
them$\}$
{\ADD{
from
going
there.
So}}
they
traveled
through
Phrygia
and
Galatia
{\ADD{
provinces}}.
\VS{7}They
arrived
at
the
border
of
Mysia
{\ADD{
province}}
and
they
wanted
to
go
{\ADD{
north
}}into Bithynia
{\ADD{
province}}.
But
{\ADD{
again}}
the
Spirit
of
Jesus
showed
them
that
they
should
not
{\ADD{
go
there}}.
\VS{8}So
they
went
through
Mysia
{\ADD{
province}}
and
arrived
at
Troas,
a
{\ADD{
port
city.
I, Luke,
joined
them
there}}.
\VS{9}That
night
{\ADD{
God
gave
}}
Paul
a
vision
in
which
he
saw
a
man
{\ADD{
who
was
a
native}}
of
Macedonia
{\ADD{
province}}.
He
was
standing
{\ADD{
some
distance
away}},
and
he
was
earnestly
calling
to
Paul, “{\ADD{
Please}}
come
over
{\ADD{
here}}
to
Macedonia
and
help
us!”
\VS{10}{\ADD{
The
next
morning}}
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
immediately
got
ready
to
go
to
Macedonia,
because
we
believed
that
God
had
called
us
to
{\ADD{
go
and}}
preach
the
good
message
to
the
people
there.
\par }{\SH Paul’s
company
went
from Troas
to Philippi.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:11-12
\par }{\PP \VS{11}So
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
got
on
a
ship
in
Troas
and
sailed
across
{\ADD{
the
sea
}}to
Samothrace
{\ADD{
Island.
We
spent
the
night
there}},
and
the
next
day
{\ADD{
we
sailed
again
across
the
sea
and
arrived}}
at
Neapolis
{\ADD{
port/town}}.
\VS{12}Then
we
{\ADD{
left Neapolis
and}}
went
{\ADD{
by
land}}
to
Philippi.
It
was
a
very
important
city
in
Macedonia
{\ADD{
province,
where
many}} Roman
citizens
lived.
We
stayed
in
Philippi
several
days.
\par }{\SH Paul
preached
the gospel
and
Lydia
became
a believer.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:13-15
\par }{\PP \VS{13}On
the
first ◄Sabbath/Jewish
day
of
rest►
{\ADD{
after
we(exc)
arrived}},
we
went
outside
the
city
gate
{\ADD{
down}}
to
the
river.
We
had
heard
{\ADD{
someone
say}}
that
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people
gathered
to
pray
there.
{\ADD{
When
we
arrived
there,
we
saw}}
some
women
who
had
gathered
{\ADD{
to
pray}}.
So
we
sat
down
and
began
to
tell
them
{\ADD{
the
message
about
Jesus}}.
\VS{14}A
woman
whose
name
was
Lydia
was
one
of
those
who
were
listening
{\ADD{
to
Paul.
She
was
a non-Jewish
woman}},
from
Thyatira
{\ADD{
city,
who
bought
and}}
sold
{\ADD{expensive}}
purple
cloth.
She
had
accepted
what
the
Jews
believe
about
God.
The
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
caused
her
to
pay
attention
to
the
message
that
Paul
preached,
and
she
believed
it.
{\ADD{
The
members
of
her
household
also
heard
the
good
message
and
believed
in
Jesus}} [MTY].
\VS{15}After
{\ADD{
Paul
and Silas}} baptized
Lydia
and
the
others
who
lived
in
her
house [MTY] $\{$After
Lydia
and
the
others
who
lived
in
her
house
were baptized$\}$,
she
invited
us
to
{\ADD{
go
and
stay
in
}}
her
home.
She
said, “You
{\ADD{(pl)}}
know
that
I
{\ADD{
now}}
believe
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}},
so
{\ADD{
please}}
come
and
stay
in
my
house.”
She
persuaded
us
{\ADD{
to
do
that,
so
we(exc)
stayed
there}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
expelled
a demon
from
a
slave
girl,
so
officials
imprisoned
Paul
and Silas.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:16-24
\par }{\PP \VS{16}Another
day,
while
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
were
going
to
the
place
where
people
regularly
gathered
to
pray,
we
met
a
young
woman
who
was
a
slave.
An
evil
spirit
was enabling
her
to
be
a ventriloquist
and
to
tell
people
what
would
happen
{\ADD{
to
them}}.
People
paid
a
lot
of
money
to
{\ADD{
the
men
who
were}}
her
owners,
in
return
for
her
telling
them
things
that
{\ADD{
she
said}}
would
happen
{\ADD{
to
them}}.
\VS{17}This
young
woman
followed
Paul
and
the
rest
of
us.
She
continually
shouted, “These
men
serve
the
God
who
is
the
greatest
{\ADD{
of
all
gods}}!
They
are
telling
you
how ◄{\ADD{
God}}
can
save
you
{\ADD{
so
that
he
will
not
punish
you/to
be}}
saved►”
\VS{18}She
continued
to
do
that
for
many
days.
Finally
Paul
became irritated.
So
he
turned
{\ADD{
toward
the
young
woman}}
and
rebuked
the
evil
spirit
{\ADD{
that
was
in
her.
He
said}}, “By
the
authority [MTY]
of
Jesus
Christ,
I
command
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
come
out
of
this
young
woman!”
Right
away
the
evil
spirit
left
her.
\VS{19}And
then
her
owners
realized
that
she
could
no
longer earn
money
for
them
{\ADD{
because
she
could
no
longer
predict
what
would
happen
to
people,
so
they
were
angry}}.
They
grabbed
Paul
and
Silas
and forcefully
took
them
to
the
public
square,
to
{\ADD{
the
place
where}}
the
government
authorities
and
{\ADD{
a
lot
of
other
people
were
gathered}}.
\VS{20}The
owners
{\ADD{
of
the
young
woman}}
brought
Paul
and Silas
to
the
city
officials
and
told
them, “These
men
are
Jews,
and
they
are
greatly
troubling
{\ADD{
the
people
in}} [MTY]
our
city.
\VS{21}They
are
teaching
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
should
follow
customs
that
our
laws
do
not
allow
us
Romans
to
consider
{\ADD{
to
be
correct}}
or
to
obey!”
\VS{22}Many
of
the
crowd
joined
{\ADD{
those
who
were
accusing}}
Paul
and Silas,
and
started
beating
them.
Then
the
{\ADD{Roman}}
authorities
commanded
{\ADD{
soldiers}}
to
tear
the shirts
off
Paul
and Silas
and
to
beat
them
{\ADD{
with
rods/sticks}}.
\VS{23}{\ADD{
So
the
soldiers}}
beat
Paul
and Silas
vigorously
{\ADD{
with
rods}}.
After
that,
they
{\ADD{
took
them
and}} shoved
them
into
the
prison.
They
told
the
jailer
that
he
should
lock
them
up
securely.
\VS{24}{\ADD{
Because
the
officials}}
had
{\ADD{
commanded}}
him
{\ADD{
to
do
that}},
the
jailer shoved
Paul
and Silas
into
the
cell
that
was
farthest
inside.
{\ADD{
There,
he
made
them
sit
down
on
the
floor/ground
and
stretch
out
their
legs}}.
Then
he
fastened
their
ankles
in
{\ADD{grooves}}
between
two
large
wooden
beams,
{\ADD{
so
that
Paul
and Silas
could
not
move
their
legs}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
and Silas
helped
the
jailer
and
his
household
to
become believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:25-34
\par }{\PP \VS{25}About
midnight,
Paul
and
Silas
were
praying
{\ADD{
aloud}}
and
praising
God
by
singing
hymns.
The
{\ADD{
other}}
prisoners
were
listening
attentively
to
them.
\VS{26}Suddenly
there
was
a
very
strong
earthquake.
It
shook
the
entire
jail [SYN]
and
its
foundation [SYN].
{\ADD{
The
earthquake
caused}}
all
the
doors
{\ADD{
of
the
jail}}
to
open
suddenly,
and
{\ADD{
caused}}
all
the
chains
that
fastened
the
prisoners
to
fall
off.
\VS{27}The
jailer
woke
up
and
saw
that
the
doors
of
the
jail
were
open.
He
thought
that
the
prisoners
had
escaped.
So
he
pulled
out
his
sword
in
order
to
kill
himself,
{\ADD{
because
he
knew
that
the
officials
would
kill
him
if
the
prisoners
escaped}}.
\VS{28}Paul
{\ADD{
saw
the
jailer
and}}
shouted
to
him, “Do
not
harm
yourself!
We
{\ADD{(exc)
prisoners}}
are
all
here!”
\VS{29}The
jailer
shouted
{\ADD{
to
someone}}
to
bring
torches/lanterns,
{\ADD{
and
after
they
brought
them}},
he
rushed
into
the
jail
and
knelt
down
in
front
of
Paul
and
Silas.
{\ADD{
He
was
very
afraid,
so}}
much
so
that
he
was
trembling/shaking.
\VS{30}Then
he
brought Paul
and Silas
out
{\ADD{
of
the
jail}}
and
asked: “Sirs,
what
do
I
need
to
do
to
be
saved
{\ADD{
from
being
punished
for
my
sins}}?”
\VS{31}{\ADD{
They
answered}}, “Trust
in
{\ADD{
what}}
the
Lord
Jesus
{\ADD{
has
done
for
you}},
and
you
will
be
saved $\{${\ADD{
God}}
will
save
you$\}$,
and
the
others
who
live
in [MTY]
your
house
will
{\ADD{
also}}
be
saved
{\ADD{
if
they
believe
in
Jesus}}.”
\par }{\PP \VS{32-34}Then
the
jailer
took Paul
and Silas
into
his
house,
washed
their
wounds,
and
gave
them
a
meal.
{\ADD{
He
woke
up
all
the
people
in
his
house,
and}} Paul
and Silas
told
all
of
them
the
message
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{Jesus.
They
all
believed
in
him}}.
Immediately
{\ADD{
after
that,
the
jailer
and
all
his
family
were baptized}} $\{${\ADD{Paul
and Silas}} baptized
the
jailer
and
all
his
family$\}$.
They
were
very
happy,
because
now
they
all
believed
in
God.
\par }{\SH Paul
and Silas
encouraged
the believers
and
then
left Philippi.
\par }{\SR Acts 16:35-40
\par }{\PP \VS{35}The
next
morning,
the
{\ADD{Roman}}
officials
commanded
{\ADD{
some}} police
officers
{\ADD{
to
go
to
the
jail
to
say
to
the
jailer}}, “{\ADD{
Our
bosses}}
say, ‘Let
those
{\ADD{
two}}
prisoners
go
{\ADD{
now}}!’ ”
\VS{36}{\ADD{
After
the
officers
went
and
told
that
to}}
the
jailer,
he
{\ADD{
went
and}}
told
Paul, “The
{\ADD{Roman}}
authorities
have
sent
a
message
{\ADD{(sg)}}
saying
that
I
should
release
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
and Silas
{\ADD{
from
prison}}.
So
you
{\ADD{
two}}
can
leave
{\ADD{
the
jail}}
now.
Now
you
can
go
peacefully!”
\VS{37}But
Paul
said
to
the police
officers, “The
authorities
{\ADD{
commanded
men
to}}
beat
us
in
front
of
a
crowd
before
{\ADD{
those
authorities}}
had
learned
if
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
had
done
anything
wrong!
Then
they
{\ADD{
ordered
men
to}} shove
us
into
jail!
{\ADD{
But
that
was
not
legal,
because}}
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
are
Roman
citizens!
And
now
they
want [RHQ]
to
send
us
away
secretly!
We
will
not
accept
that!
Those
{\ADD{
Roman}}
officials
must
come
themselves
and
{\ADD{
tell
us
that
they
are
sorry}},
and
take
us
out
{\ADD{
of
jail}}.”
\VS{38}So
the police
officers
{\ADD{
went
and}}
told
the
city
authorities
{\ADD{
what
Paul
had
said}}.
When
those
authorities
heard
that
Paul
and Silas
were
Roman
citizens,
they
were
afraid
{\ADD{
that
someone
would
report
to
more
important
officials
what
they
had
done,
and
as
a
result
they
would
be
punished}} $\{${\ADD{
those
officials
would
punish
them}}$\}$.
\VS{39}So
the
city
authorities
came
to
Paul
and Silas
and
told
them
that
they
were
sorry
for
what
they
had
done
to
them.
The
authorities
brought
them
out
of
the
jail,
and
repeatedly
asked
them
to
leave
the
city
{\ADD{
soon}}.
\VS{40}After
Paul
and Silas
left
the
jail,
they
went
to
Lydia’s
house.
There
they
met
with
her
and
the
{\ADD{
other}} believers.
They
encouraged
the believers
{\ADD{
to
continue
trusting
in
the
Lord
Jesus}},
and
then
the
two apostles
left
{\ADD{Philippi}}.

\par }\Chap{17}{\SH In Thessalonica, Paul convinced many people that Jesus is the Messiah.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:1-4
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Paul
and Silas
traveled
through Amphipolis
and Apollonia
{\ADD{
towns}}
and
arrived
at
Thessalonica
{\ADD{
city}}.
There
was
a
Jewish
meeting
place
there.
\VS{2}◄On
the
Sabbath/On
the
Jewish
rest
day►
Paul
went
into
the
meeting
house,
as
he
usually
did.
For
three
weeks
{\ADD{
he
went
there}}
on
each
Jewish
day
of
rest. Referring
to
the
Scriptures
{\ADD{
about
the
Messiah}},
he
spoke
to
the
people
who
were
there.
\VS{3}He
explained
and
showed
that
{\ADD{
the
prophets
wrote
that}}
the
Messiah
needed
to
die
and ◄to
become
alive
again/to
be
raised
from
the
dead
{\ADD{
afterwards}}►.
He
told
them: “This
man
Jesus,
whom
I
am
telling
you
about,
is
our
Messiah.
{\ADD{
He
died
and
became
alive
again,
just
like
the
prophets
predicted}}.”
\VS{4}Some
of
the
Jews
{\ADD{
there}}
were
persuaded
by $\{$believed$\}$
{\ADD{
what
Paul
had
said}}
and
began
to
associate
with
Paul
and
Silas.
There
were
also
many non-Jewish
people
there
who
worshipped
God
and
many
important
women
{\ADD{
who
also
believed
the
message
about
Jesus}},
and
they
began
to
associate
with
Paul
and
Silas.
\par }{\SH Some
Jews
there
incited
people
to
oppose
Paul
and
Silas.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:5-9
\par }{\PP \VS{5}But
{\ADD{
some
leaders
of}}
the
Jews
there
in Thessalonica
became
jealous
{\ADD{
because
many
people
believed
what
Paul
taught}}.
So
they
went
to
the
public
square
and
persuaded
some
lazy
men
{\ADD{
who
were loitering
there}}
to
follow
them.
{\ADD{
In
this
way,
the
leaders
of}}
the
Jews
gathered
a
crowd
and
incited
them
to
become
noisy
and
start
a
riot
{\ADD{
against
Paul
and Silas}}.
Those
{\ADD{
Jews
and
others}}
ran
to
the
house
of
{\ADD{
a
man
named}}
Jason.
{\ADD{
He
was
the
man
who
had
invited
Paul
and Silas
to
stay
at
his
house}}.
They
wanted
to
bring
Paul
and Silas
outside
to
where
the
crowd
{\ADD{
of
people
was
waiting}}.
\VS{6}They
discovered
that
Paul
and Silas
were
not
there,
but
they
found
Jason
{\ADD{
and
grabbed
him}}.
They
dragged
him
and
some
of
the
{\ADD{
other}} believers
to
where
the
city
officials/authorities
and
{\ADD{
many
other
people
were
gathered}}.
The
men
{\ADD{
who
had
brought
Jason}}
shouted, “Those
{\ADD{
two}}
men
have
caused
trouble [IDM]
everywhere [HYP]
{\ADD{
they
have
gone}}.
Now
they
have
come
to
our
city,
\VS{7}and
{\ADD{
this
fellow}}
Jason
invited
them
to
stay
at
his
house.
All
the
people
{\ADD{
of
this sect}}
oppose
what
our Emperor
has
decreed.
They
say
that
another
person,
whose
name
is
Jesus,
is
{\ADD{
the real}}
king!”
\VS{8}When
the
crowd
of
people
{\ADD{
that
had
gathered}}
and
the
city
authorities
heard
that,
they
became
very
angry
and
excited.
\VS{9}{\ADD{
They
wanted
to
put
the believers
in
jail.
But
instead}},
the
officials
made
Jason
and
the
other
{\ADD{believers}}
pay
a
fine
and
told
them
that
they
{\ADD{
would
give
the
money
back
to
them
if
Paul
and Silas
did
not
cause
any
more
trouble}}.
Then
the
authorities
let
Jason
and
those
other believers
go.
\par }{\SH In Berea,
Paul
helped
many
Jews
and non-Jews
to
believe
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:10-12
\par }{\PP \VS{10}{\ADD{
So}}
that
same
night,
the believers
sent
Paul
and
Silas
{\ADD{
out
of Thessalonica}}
to Berea
{\ADD{
town}}.
When
Paul
and
Silas
arrived
there,
they
went
to
the
Jewish
meeting
place,
{\ADD{
on
a
day
when
people
had
gathered
there}}.
\VS{11}The
{\ADD{
Jews}}
in
Thessalonica
had
not
been
very
willing
to
listen
to
God’s
message,
but
the
{\ADD{
Jews}}
who
lived
in Berea
were
very
willing
to
listen,
so
they
listened
very
eagerly
to
the
message
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
Every
day
they
read
the
Scriptures
{\ADD{
for
themselves}}
to
find
out
if
what
Paul
said
{\ADD{
about
the
Messiah}}
was
true.
\VS{12}As
a
result,
many
of
the
Jewish
people
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}},
and
also
some
of
the
important non-Jewish
women
and
many non-Jewish
men
{\ADD{
believed
in
him}}.
\par }{\SH Jews
from Thessalonica
incited
people
to
oppose
Paul.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:13-15
\par }{\PP \VS{13}But
then
the
Jews
in
Thessalonica
heard
{\ADD{
people
tell
them}}
that
Paul
{\ADD{
was}}
in Berea
and
that
he
was
preaching
the
message
from
God
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
So
they
went
to Berea
and
{\ADD{
told
people
there
that
what
Paul
was
teaching
was
not
true.
Thus}},
they
caused
many
of
those
people
to
get
angry
{\ADD{
at
Paul}}.
\VS{14}So
{\ADD{
several
of}}
the believers
{\ADD{
in Berea}}
took
Paul
to
the
coast
{\ADD{
to
go
to
another
province}}.
But
Silas
and
Timothy
stayed
in Berea.
\VS{15}When
Paul
and
the
other
men
from Berea
{\ADD{
arrived
at
the
coast,
they
got
on
a
ship
and}}
went
to Athens
{\ADD{
city}}.
Then
Paul
said
{\ADD{
to
the
men
who
had
come
with
him}}, “Tell
Silas
and
Timothy
to
come
to
me
{\ADD{
here
in Athens}}
as
soon
as
they
can.”
Then
those
men
left
{\ADD{Athens
and
returned
to Berea}}.
\par }{\SH In Athens,
idols
distressed
Paul,
so
he
talked
to
many
people
about
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:16-17
\par }{\PP \VS{16}In Athens,
Paul
waited
for Silas
and Timothy
{\ADD{
to
arrive.
In
the meantime,
he
walked
around
in
the
city.
He}}
became
very
distressed/disturbed
because
he
saw
that
throughout [HYP]
the
city
there
were
many
idols.
\VS{17}So
he
went
to
the
Jewish
meeting
place
and
talked
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}
with
the
Jews,
and
also
with
the
Greeks
who
had
accepted
what
the
Jews
believe.
He
also
went
to
the
public
square/center
every
day
and
talked
to
the
people
{\ADD{
whom
he
met}}
there.
\par }{\SH When
Paul
talked
about
Jesus,
he
perplexed
some
teachers.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:18
\par }{\PP \VS{18}Paul
met
some
teachers
who
liked
to
talk
about
what
people
should
believe.
{\ADD{
People
called}}
some
of
them
Epicureans
and
{\ADD{
they
called}}
others Stoics.
They
told
Paul
{\ADD{
what
they
believed}},
and
they
asked
him
{\ADD{
what
he
believed.
Then}}
some
of
them
said
{\ADD{
to
one
another}}, “This
ignorant
person
is
just
talking
nonsense [RHQ]!”
Others
said, “{\ADD{
We(exc)
think}}
that
he
is
teaching
people
about ◄foreign
gods/{\ADD{
new}}
gods
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
not
heard
about►.”
They
said
that
because
Paul
was
telling
them
that
Jesus
{\ADD{
had
died
and}}
had
become
alive
again
{\ADD{
afterwards.
They
had
not
heard
that
message
before}}.
\par }{\SH Athens
Council
members
asked
Paul
to
explain
what
he
had
been
teaching.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:19-21
\par }{\PP \VS{19}So
they
took
Paul
to
the
place
where
the
city
council
met.
{\ADD{
When
they
arrived}}
there,
they
said
to
Paul, “{\ADD{
Please}}
tell
us,
what
is
this
new
message
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
teaching
people?
\VS{20}You
are
teaching
some
things
that startle
us
{\ADD{(exc)}},
so
we
want
to
know
what
they
mean.”
\VS{21}{\ADD{
They
said
that,
because}}
the
people
of Athens
and
also
the
people
from
other
regions
who
lived
there
continually
talked
about
what
was
new
{\ADD{
to
them}},
or
they
listened
to
{\ADD{
others
tell}}
what
was
new.
\par }{\SH Paul
told
them
about
the
God
whom
they
did
not
know.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:22-31
\par }{\PP \VS{22}Then
Paul
stood
up
before
the
men
of
the
city
council
and
said, “Citizens
of Athens,
I
see
that
you ◄are
very religious/think
that
it
is
very
important
to
worship
many
gods►.
\VS{23}I
{\ADD{
say
that}}
because,
while
I
was
walking
along
and
observing
the
objects
{\ADD{
that
represent
different
gods
that}}
you
worship,
I
even
saw
an
altar
that
had
these
words
{\ADD{
that
someone
had}}
carved
{\ADD{
on
it:
THIS
HONORS}}
THE
GOD
{\ADD{
THAT
WE(exc)}}
DO
NOT
KNOW.
So
now
I
will
tell
you
about
{\ADD{
that
God}}
whom
you
worship
but
you
do
not
know.
\par }{\PP \VS{24}He
is
the
God
who
made
the
world
and
everything
in
it.
Because
he
rules
over
all
{\ADD{
beings
in}}
heaven
and
{\ADD{
on}}
earth,
he
does
not
dwell
in
shrines
that
people
have
made.
\VS{25}He
does
not
need
to
have
anything
made
for
him
by
people [MTY] $\{$to
have
people [MTY]
make [MTY]
anything
for
him$\}$,
because
everything
that
exists
belongs
to
him.
He
is
the
one
who
causes ◄us
{\ADD{(inc)}}/all
people►
to
live
and
breathe,
and
{\ADD{
he
gives
us}}
all
the
things
{\ADD{
that
we(inc)
need}}.
\par }{\PP \VS{26}{\ADD{
In
the
beginning}},
God
created
one
couple,
and
from
them
God
produced
all ◄the ethnic
groups/the
nations►
that
now
live
everywhere
on
the
earth.
He
also
decided
where
each ethnic
group
of
people
should
live
and
how
long
they
should
live
{\ADD{
there}}.
\VS{27}He
wanted
people
to
realize
that
they
need
him.
Then
maybe
they
would
seek
him
and
find
him.
{\ADD{
God
wants
us
to
seek
him}},
although
he
is
{\ADD{
really}}
close [LIT]
to
each
one
of
us.
\VS{28}As
someone
has
said, ‘{\ADD{
It
is
only}}
because
he enables
us
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
live
and
move
and
do
{\ADD{
what
we
do}}.’
And,
as
some
of
your
own
poets
have
said, ‘We
{\ADD{(inc)}}
are
God’s
children.’
\par }{\PP \VS{29}Therefore,
because
we
are
God’s
children
{\ADD{
and
can communicate
like
God
does}},
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
should
not
think
that
he
is
anything
like
an
image
{\ADD{
that
people
have
made}}
of
gold
or
silver
or
stone
{\ADD{
which
cannot communicate}}.
Those
images
are
designed
and
skillfully
made $\{$People
design
and
make
those
images$\}$,
{\ADD{
but
they
are
not
alive}}.
\VS{30}During
the
times
when
people
did
not
know
{\ADD{
what
God
wanted
them
to
do}},
he
did
not
{\ADD{
immediately}}
punish
{\ADD{
them
for
what
they
did}}.
But
now
God
commands
all
people
everywhere
to
turn
away
from
their
evil
behavior.
\VS{31}{\ADD{
He
tells
us}}
that
on
a
certain
day
that
he
has
chosen
he
is
going
to
judge
{\ADD{
all
of
us(inc)
people
in}} [MTY]
the
world.
He
has
appointed
a
{\ADD{
certain}}
man
to
judge
{\ADD{
us,
and
that
man
will
judge
each
of
us}}
fairly/justly.
God
has
shown
to
all
{\ADD{
people
that
he
has
appointed
that
man
to
judge
everyone}},
because
God ◄caused
him
to
become
alive
again
after
he
had
died/raised
him
from
the
dead►.”
\par }{\SH Some
Council
members
believed
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 17:32-34
\par }{\PP \VS{32}When
the
men
of
the
council
heard
{\ADD{
Paul
say}}
that ◄{\ADD{
a
man}}
had
become
alive
again
after
he
had
died/{\ADD{
someone}}
had
been
raised
from
the
dead►,
some
of
them
laughed scornfully.
But
others
said, “We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
would
like
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
tell
us
more
about
this,
some
other
time.”
\VS{33}After
they
said
that,
Paul
left
the
council
{\ADD{
meeting}}.
\VS{34}However,
some
of
the
people
there
went
along
with
Paul
and
became
believers.
Among
those
{\ADD{
who
believed
in
Jesus}}
was
a
member
of
the
council
whose
{\ADD{
name
was}}
Dionysius.
Also,
an
{\ADD{
important}}
woman
whose
name
was
Damaris
and
some
other
people
{\ADD{
who
had
heard Paul’s
message
also
believed
in
Jesus}}.

\par }\Chap{18}{\SH In Corinth, Paul helped many people to become believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:1-4
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}After
that,
Paul
left Athens
{\ADD{
city}}
and
went
to
Corinth
{\ADD{
city}}.
\VS{2}There
he
met
a
Jew
whose
name
was Aquila,
who
grew
up
in
Pontus
{\ADD{
province}}. Aquila
and
his
wife
Priscilla
had
recently
come
from
{\ADD{
Rome,
in}}
Italy.
{\ADD{
They
had
previously
left
Rome}}
because
Claudius,
{\ADD{
the Roman Emperor}},
had
ordered
that
all
the
Jews
must
leave
Rome.
Paul
later
went
to
see Aquila
and
Priscilla.
\VS{3}Those
two
made
tents
{\ADD{
to earn}} ◄{\ADD{
money/a
living}}►.
Paul
also
made
tents,
so
he
stayed
with
them,
and
they
all
worked
together.
\VS{4}Every
Sabbath,
Paul
{\ADD{
went}}
to
the
Jewish
meeting
place,
where
he
spoke forcefully
to
both
Jews
and non-Jews.
He
repeatedly
tried
to
persuade
them
{\ADD{
that
Jesus
is
the
Messiah}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
helped
many non-Jews
become believers.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:5-8
\par }{\PP \VS{5}Then
Silas
and
Timothy
arrived
there
from
Macedonia
province.
After
they
arrived,
Paul
{\ADD{
did
not
make
tents
anymore.
He}}
used
all
his
time
preaching
{\ADD{
the
message
about
Jesus
in
the
Jewish
meeting
place}}.
He
continued
to
tell
the
Jews
{\ADD{
that}}
the
Messiah
they
had
been
waiting
for
was
Jesus.
\VS{6}But
the
Jews
began
to
oppose
Paul
and
to
say
evil
things
about
him.
So
he
shook
{\ADD{
the
dust
from}}
his
clothes
{\ADD{
to
show
them
that
they
were
displeasing
God.
Then}}
he
said
to
them, “If
God
punishes
you,
it
will
be
your [SYN]
own
fault [MTY],
not
mine!
From
now
on
I
will
go
{\ADD{
and
preach}}
to non-Jewish
people!”
\VS{7}So
Paul
left
{\ADD{
the
Jewish
meeting
place}}
and
went
into
a
house
that
was
next
to
it,
{\ADD{
and
preached
there}}.
Titius
Justus,
the
owner
of
the
house,
was
a non-Jewish
man
who
had
accepted
what
the
Jews
believe.
\VS{8}{\ADD{
After
that}},
the
ruler
of
the
Jewish
meeting
place,
{\ADD{
whose
name
was}}
Crispus,
and
all
of
his
family [MTY]
believed
in
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
Many
other
people
in Corinth
who
listened
{\ADD{
to
Paul}}
also
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}.
Then
they
were baptized.
{\ADD{
But
there
were
people
who
still
opposed
Paul
and
his
preaching}}.
\par }{\SH Jesus
commanded
Paul
to
continue
speaking
about
him,
so
Paul
did
that.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:9-11
\par }{\PP \VS{9}One
night
Paul
had
a
vision
in
which
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
said
to
him, “Do
not
be
afraid
{\ADD{
of
those
who
oppose
you}}.
Instead,
you
should
continue
speaking
{\ADD{
to
people
about
me}}.
Do
not
stop,
\VS{10}because
I
{\ADD{
will
help}}
you,
and
no
one
will
be
able
to
harm
you
{\ADD{(sg)
here.
Keep
telling
people
about
me}},
because
there
are
many
in
this
city
who
will
{\ADD{
believe
in}}
me.”
\VS{11}So
Paul
stayed
in Corinth
for
a
year
and
a
half,
teaching
people
the
message
from
God
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Gallio
refused
to
judge
Paul.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:12-17
\par }{\PP \VS{12}When
Gallio
was
the
{\ADD{Roman}}
governor
of Achaia
{\ADD{
province}},
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders}} [SYN]
there
got
together
and
seized
Paul.
They
took
him
before
Gallio
{\ADD{
and
accused
him}},
\VS{13}saying, “This
man
is
teaching
people
{\ADD{
a
false religion,
leading
them}}
to
worship
God
in
ways
that
are
contrary
to
our
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
laws.”
\VS{14}When
Paul
was
about
to
speak [MTY]
{\ADD{
to
defend
himself}},
Gallio
said
to
the
Jews, “If
this
man
had
acted
deceitfully
or
disobeyed
{\ADD{
any
of
our Roman}}
laws,
I
would
listen
{\ADD{
patiently}}
to
what
you
Jews
{\ADD{
want
to
tell
me}}.
\VS{15}However,
you
are
merely
arguing
about
words
and
names
and
your
own
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
laws,
so
you
yourselves
need
to resolve
this.
I
refuse
to
judge
these
things!”
\VS{16}After Gallio
{\ADD{
had
said
that}},
he
{\ADD{
commanded
some
soldiers/guards}}
that
{\ADD{
they}}
expel
those
{\ADD{
Jewish
leaders}}
from
the courtroom.
\VS{17}Then
{\ADD{
the mob
outside}}
grabbed
the
leader
of
the
Jewish
meeting
place,
Sosthenes
{\ADD{
because
they
considered
that
he
was
responsible
for
those
accusations
against
Paul}}.
They
beat
him,
right
there
in
front
of
the courthouse.
But
Gallio
did
nothing
about
it.
\par }{\SH At Ephesus,
Paul
parted
from Priscilla
and Aquila.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:18-21
\par }{\PP \VS{18}Paul
stayed
on
with
the believers
in Corinth
for ◄many
days/some
time►.
Then
he
left
the believers
there,
and
went
with
Priscilla
and
{\ADD{
her
husband}} Aquila.
They
went
down
to
Cenchrea,
{\ADD{
a
port
city}}.
There
Paul
had
his
head
shaved $\{${\ADD{
someone}}
shave
his
head$\}$
in
order
to partially
complete
a
vow
that
he
had
taken.
Then
they
got
on
a
ship
and
sailed
for
Syria
{\ADD{
province}}.
\VS{19}They
arrived
at
Ephesus
{\ADD{
city}},
and Priscilla
and Aquila
stayed
there.
\par }{\PP {\ADD{
Before
Paul
left
Ephesus}},
he
entered
the
Jewish
meeting
place
and lectured
to
the
Jews.
\VS{20}They
asked
him
to
stay
longer,
but
he
refused.
\VS{21}But,
as
he
left,
he
told
them, “I
will
come
back,
if
God
wills/desires
{\ADD{
me
to
do
that}}.”
Then,
{\ADD{
because
he
wanted
to
be
in
Jerusalem
to
finish completing
his
vow}},
he
got
on
{\ADD{
a
ship
that}}
sailed
from
Ephesus.
\par }{\SH Paul
visited
Jerusalem,
then
he
went
on
to Antioch
in
Syria
and
then
he
returned
to
visit
the believers
throughout Galatia
and Phrygia.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:22-23
\par }{\PP \VS{22}When
the
ship
arrived
at
Caesarea,
Paul
{\ADD{
got
off.
He}}
went
up
{\ADD{
to
Jerusalem}}
and
greeted
the believers
there.
Then
he
went
back
down
to Antioch
{\ADD{
city
in
Syria
province}}.
\par }{\PP \VS{23}Paul
spent
some
time
{\ADD{
with
the believers}}
there.
Then
he
left Antioch
and
traveled
to
several
towns
{\ADD{
that
he
had
visited
previously}}
in
Galatia
and
Phrygia
{\ADD{
provinces}}.
He
taught
all
of
the believers
more
{\ADD{
of
the
message
from
God
about
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH Priscilla
and Aquila
instructed Apollos
about
the gospel.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:24-26
\par }{\PP \VS{24}{\ADD{
While
Paul
was
traveling
in Galatia
and Phrygia}},
a
Jewish
man
whose
name
was Apollos
came
to
Ephesus.
He
was
a
native
of Alexandria
{\ADD{
city}}.
He
{\ADD{
spoke eloquently}}
and
he
knew
the
Scriptures
thoroughly.
\VS{25}{\ADD{
Other believers}}
had
taught
him
{\ADD{
some
things}}
about
how
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus
desires
that
people}}
should
conduct
themselves,
and
he
taught
those
things
very enthusiastically
{\ADD{
to
people.
He
had
heard
about}}
some
of
the
things
that
Jesus
did
and
said,
and
he
taught
those facts
accurately
{\ADD{
to
people.
However,
he
was
teaching incompletely
about
Jesus,
because}}
he
knew
only
what
John
{\ADD{
the Baptizer
had
taught
people
whom
he}} baptized.
\VS{26}Apollos
went
to
the
Jewish
meeting
place,
and
he
told
the
people
there
very
confidently
the
things
that
he
had
learned.
When
Priscilla
and Aquila
heard
what Apollos
taught,
they
invited
him
{\ADD{
to
their
home}}.
There
they
explained
more
accurately
to
him
the
way
{\ADD{
that}}
God
{\ADD{
gives
people
eternal
life}}.
\par }{\SH Apollos
helped believers
in Achaia.
\par }{\SR Acts 18:27-28
\par }{\PP \VS{27}When
Apollos
decided
that
he
would
like
to
go
to Achaia
{\ADD{
province}},
the
believers
in Ephesus
told
him
that
it
would
be
good
for
him
to
do
that.
So
they
wrote
a
letter
to
the
believers
{\ADD{
in Achaia
saying
that
they}}
should
welcome
Apollos.
{\ADD{
So
Apollos
got
on
a
ship
to
go
to Corinth}}.
After
he
arrived,
he
greatly
helped
those
whom
{\ADD{
God}}
had
kindly
enabled
to
believe
{\ADD{
in Jesus}}.
\VS{28}Apollos
was
vigorously
arguing
publicly
with
{\ADD{
the
leaders
of}}
the
Jews
while
many
other
people
listened.
{\ADD{
By quoting}}
from
the
Scriptures,
he
proved
to
people
that
Jesus
was
the
Messiah.

\par }\Chap{19}{\SH Paul helped some men to become real believers in Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:1-7
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}While Apollos
was
at
Corinth,
Paul
{\ADD{
left
the
places
in Phrygia
and Galatia}}
provinces
where
he
had
been
visiting,
and
traveled
through
{\ADD{
Asia
province}}
back
to
Ephesus.
He
met
some
people
{\ADD{
who
said
that
they}}
were believers.
\VS{2}He
asked
them, “Did
you
receive
the
Holy
Spirit
when
you
believed
{\ADD{
God’s
message}}?”
They
answered, “No,
we
{\ADD{(exc)
did
not}}.
We
have
not
even
heard
that
there
is
a
Holy
Spirit.”
\VS{3}So
Paul
asked, “So
when
you
were baptized,
what
{\ADD{
were
you
showing}}?”
They
replied, “{\ADD{
We
were
showing}}
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
believed
what
John
{\ADD{
the Baptizer}}
taught.”
\VS{4}Paul
said, “John baptized
people
who
turned
away
from
their
sinful
behavior.
He
{\ADD{
also}}
told
the
people
to
believe
in
the
one
who
would
come
after
he
{\ADD{
had
come}},
and
that
was
Jesus.”
\VS{5}So,
when
those
men
heard
that,
they
were baptized
{\ADD{
to
affirm
that
they
believed}} [MTY]
in
the
Lord
Jesus.
\VS{6}After
that,
Paul
placed
his
hands
on
their
heads
{\ADD{
one
by
one}},
and
the
{\ADD{
power
of
the}}
Holy
Spirit
came
upon
{\ADD{
each
of}}
them.
The
{\ADD{
Holy
Spirit}}
enabled
them
to
speak
in
various
languages [MTY]
{\ADD{
that
they
had
not
learned}},
and
they
also
spoke
messages
{\ADD{
that
the
Holy
Spirit}}
revealed
to
them.
\VS{7}There
were
about
twelve
men
{\ADD{
whom
Paul baptized
and
who
received
the
power
of
the
Holy
Spirit}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
helped
many
people
in
Asia
province
to
hear
the gospel.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:8-10
\par }{\PP \VS{8}For
three
months
after
that,
Paul
entered
the
Jewish
meeting
place
{\ADD{
in Ephesus
on
each}}
Sabbath/Jewish
day
of
rest,
and
he
spoke
boldly.
He convincingly
taught
{\ADD{
the
people}}
about
how
God
wanted
to
rule [MET]
{\ADD{
their
lives}}.
\VS{9}{\ADD{
A
few
of
the
people
in
the
meeting
house
believed
the
message
about
Jesus}}.
But
some
of
the
people
would
not
believe
that
message
and
did
not
want
to
{\ADD{
continue
to}}
hear
it.
While
many
people
were
listening,
they
said
many
bad
things
about
the
way
{\ADD{
for
people
to
receive
eternal
life
about
which
Paul
was
preaching}}.
So
Paul
left
them
and
took
the believers
with
him
{\ADD{
to
meet
in
another
place}}.
He
taught
every
day
in
a lecture
hall
{\ADD{
that
a
man
whose
name
was}}
Tyrannus
{\ADD{lectured
in/owned}}.
\VS{10}For
two
years
Paul
continued
to
teach
people
in
that
building.
In
this
way,
most
of [HYP]
the
Jews
and non-Jews
who
lived
in
Asia
{\ADD{
province}}
heard
the
message
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}.
\par }{\SH God
enabled
Paul
to
do
amazing
miracles.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:11-12
\par }{\PP \VS{11}Also,
God
gave
Paul
the
power [MTY]
to
do
amazing
miracles.
\VS{12}{\ADD{
If
those
who
were
sick
could
not
come
to
Paul,
handkerchiefs
or
aprons
that
Paul
had
touched
would
be
taken
and}}
placed
on
the
sick
people $\{${\ADD{
others}}
would
take
{\ADD{
and
place
on}}
the
sick
people
handkerchiefs
or
aprons
that
Paul
had
touched$\}$.
As
a
result,
those
sick
people
would
become
well,
and
evil
spirits
that
troubled
people
would
leave.
\par }{\SH People
honored Jesus’
name,
after
Jewish exorcists
misused
it
and
failed.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:13-17
\par }{\PP \VS{13}There
were
also
some
Jews
who
traveled
around
{\ADD{
to}}
various
places,
{\ADD{
and}}
they
commanded
the
evil
spirits
in
those
places
to
depart
{\ADD{
from
people.
Certain
ones
of
those
Jews
once}}
tried
to
command
the
evil
spirits
to
come
out
of
people
by
saying “I
command
you
by
the
authority [MTY]
of
the
Lord
Jesus,
the
man
about
whom
Paul
preaches,
to
come
out!”
\VS{14}There
were
seven
men
who
were
doing
that.
They
were
sons
of
a
man
named
Sceva,
a
Jew,
{\ADD{
who
called
himself}}
a
chief
priest.
\VS{15}But
{\ADD{
one
day
as
they
were
doing
that}},
the
evil
spirit
{\ADD{
refused
to
come
out
of
that
person.
Instead,
he}}
said
to
them, “I
know
Jesus,
and
I
know
{\ADD{
that
he
has
authorized}}
Paul
{\ADD{
to
expel
demons}}. ◄But
no
one
has
authorized
you
{\ADD{
to
do
anything
to
me!}}/who
authorized
you
{\ADD{
to
do
anything
to
me}}?► [RHQ]”
\VS{16}{\ADD{
After
saying
that,
suddenly}}
the
man
who
was
controlled
by
the
evil
spirit
jumped
on
the
seven
Jewish
men,
{\ADD{
one
after
another}}, knocked
all
of
them
down,
and
beat
each
of
them
severely.
He
tore
off
their
clothes
and
wounded
them,
causing
them
to bleed.
So,
{\ADD{
greatly
frightened,
they
all}}
ran
out
of
the
house.
\VS{17}All
the
people
who
lived
in
Ephesus,
both
Jews
and non-Jews,
heard
what
had
happened.
So
they
were
afraid [MTY].
They
honored
the
Lord
Jesus [MTY]
{\ADD{
because
they
realized
that
he
was
very
powerful}}.
\par }{\SH Many believers
confessed
their
former
sins
and
burned
their
books
of magic.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:18-22
\par }{\PP \VS{18}{\ADD{
At
that
time}},
while
other
believers
were
listening,
many
believers
confessed
the
evil
things
that
they
had
been
doing.
\VS{19}Several
of
those
who
had
{\ADD{
previously}}
practiced
sorcery
gathered
up
their scrolls
{\ADD{
that
told
how
to
work}}
magic
and
burned
them
in
a
public
place.
When
people
added
up
how
much
those scrolls
had
cost,
they
realized
that
altogether
the
amount
was 50,000
valuable
silver coins.
\par }{\PP \VS{20}As
a
result,
many
more
people
heard [MTY]
the
message
about
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}},
and
the
message powerfully
{\ADD{
changed
their
lives}}.
\par }{\PP \VS{21}After
those
things
had
happened,
Paul
decided
that
he
wanted
to
go
to
Jerusalem,
but
he
decided
that
{\ADD{
first}}
he
would
visit
{\ADD{
the believers
in}}
Macedonia
and Achaia
{\ADD{
provinces
again}}.
Paul
said, “After
I
have
been
to
Jerusalem,
I
must
also
go
to
Rome.”
\VS{22}He
sent
two
of
his
helpers,
Timothy
and
Erastus,
ahead
to
Macedonia.
But
Paul
stayed
a
little
longer
{\ADD{
in Ephesus
city}},
in
Asia
{\ADD{
province}}.
\par }{\SH Demetrius
made
silver
shrines
of
the
goddess Artemis.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:23-24
\par }{\PP \VS{23}{\ADD{
Soon
after
that}},
some
of
the
people
there
tried
to
make
a
lot
of [LIT]
trouble
for
the
people
who
believed
the
way
{\ADD{
God
revealed
for
us(inc)
to
receive
eternal
life}}.
\VS{24}There
was
a
man
there
whose
name
was
Demetrius
who
made
little
images
out
of
silver.
{\ADD{
They
were models}}
of
the
temple
of
{\ADD{
a
goddess
whose
name
was}} Artemis.
Demetrius
and
the
other
men
{\ADD{
who
made
those
little
images}} earned
a
lot
of [LIT]
money
{\ADD{
from
selling
those
images}}.
\par }{\SH Demetrius
incited
people
to
shout
and
to
riot.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:25-31
\par }{\PP \VS{25}Demetrius
called
a
meeting
of
his
workmen
and
also
of
others
who
made
the
little
silver
images.
He
said
to
them, “Men,
you
know
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}} earn
a
lot
of
money
doing
our
kind
of
work.
\VS{26}Also,
you
know
that
{\ADD{
this
fellow}}
Paul
has
persuaded
many
people
who
live
in
Ephesus
{\ADD{
to
no
longer
buy
the
images
that
we
make.
Now
even
the
people
from}}
many
other
towns
in
our
province
{\ADD{
no
longer
want
to
buy
what
we
make}}.
This
fellow
tells
people
that
the
gods
that
we
have
made
{\ADD{
and
worship}}
are
not
gods
{\ADD{
and
that
we
should
not
worship
them}}.
\VS{27}{\ADD{
If
people
continue
to
listen
to
him}},
soon
they
will
ruin
our
business.
Besides,
they
will
no
longer
think
that
they
should
{\ADD{
come
to}}
the
temple
of Artemis
{\ADD{
to
worship
her.
People}}
all
over
our
Asia
{\ADD{
province}}
and
everywhere [HYP]
else
worship
{\ADD{
our
great}}
goddess
{\ADD{Artemis.
Soon
people}}
may
no
longer
consider
that Artemis
is
great!”
\VS{28}All
the
men
there
were
very
angry
{\ADD{
at
Paul}}
when
they
heard
what Demetrius
said.
They
began
to
shout, “The
goddess Artemis
of
us
Ephesians
is
very
great!”
\VS{29}Many
of
the
other
people
in
the
city
heard
the
shouting
and
went
{\ADD{
and
joined
the
crowd.
They
also
became
angry
at
Paul}}
and
began
shouting.
{\ADD{
Several
of}}
the
people
seized
Gaius
and Aristarchus,
two
men
{\ADD{
from
Macedonia}}
who
had
been
traveling
with
Paul.
{\ADD{
Then
the
whole
crowd
of
people
ran,
dragging
those
men
along
with
them}},
to
the
city stadium.
\VS{30}Paul
also
wanted
to
go
{\ADD{
to
the stadium
and
speak
to}}
the
people,
but
the
other believers
would
not
let
him
go
there.
\VS{31}Also,
some
government
officials
of
that
province
who
were
friends
of
Paul
{\ADD{
heard
what
was happening}}.
So
they
sent
someone
to
tell
him
{\ADD{
urgently}}
not
to
go
into
the stadium.
\par }{\SH The
crowd
shouted, “Great
is Artemis
of
the Ephesians!”
\par }{\SR Acts 19:32-34
\par }{\PP \VS{32}The
crowd
of
people
{\ADD{
in
the stadium}}
continued
shouting.
Some
shouted
one
thing,
and
some
shouted
something
else.
But
most
of
them
did
not
even
know
what
the
meeting
was
about!
\VS{33}One
of
the
{\ADD{
Jews
there
was
named Alexander.
Some
of}}
the
Jews
pushed
him
to
the
front
of
the stadium,
{\ADD{
so
that
he
could
speak
to
the
crowd
of
people}}.
So Alexander
motioned
with
his
hands
to
the
crowd,
{\ADD{
wanting
them
to
be
quiet}}.
He
wanted
to
tell
them
that
{\ADD{
the
Jews}}
were
not
responsible
{\ADD{
for
the
riot}}.
\VS{34}But
{\ADD{
many
of
the non-Jewish
people}}
knew
that Alexander
was
a
Jew.
{\ADD{
They
also
knew
that
the
Jews
did
not
worship
the
goddess Artemis.
So
the non-Jews
there}} unitedly
{\ADD{
and}}
repeatedly
shouted
for
about
two
hours, “Great
is
{\ADD{
the
goddess}} Artemis
{\ADD{
whom
we(inc)}}
Ephesians
{\ADD{
worship}}!”
\par }{\SH The
city
secretary
quieted,
warned
and
dismissed
the
crowd.
\par }{\SR Acts 19:35-41
\par }{\PP \VS{35}Then
the
city
secretary
made
the
crowd
stop
shouting,
and
he
said
to
them, “My fellow-citizens,
everyone
in
the
world
knows [RHQ]
that
{\ADD{
we(inc)
people
who
live
in}}
Ephesus
{\ADD{
city}}
guard
the
temple
{\ADD{
where
we
worship}}
the
great
{\ADD{
goddess}} Artemis.
Also,
{\ADD{
everyone
knows
that
we(inc)
watch
over}}
the
{\ADD{
sacred}}
image
{\ADD{
of
our
goddess}}
that
fell
down
from
heaven!
\VS{36}Of
course
everyone
knows
that,
and
no
one
can
say
that
these
things
are
not
true.
So
you
should
be
quiet
now.
Do
not
suddenly
do
anything ◄foolish/that
will
cause
us
trouble►.
\VS{37}You
{\ADD{
should
not}}
have
brought
these
{\ADD{
two}}
men
{\ADD{
here,
because
they
have
not
done
anything
evil}}.
They
have
not
gone
into
our
temples
and
taken
things
{\ADD{
from
there}}.
And
they
have
not
spoken
evil
of
our
goddess.
\VS{38}Therefore,
if
Demetrius
and
his fellow-workmen
want
to
accuse
anyone
{\ADD{
about
anything
bad,
they
should
do
it
in
the
right
way}}.
There
are
courts
{\ADD{
that
you
can
go
to
when
you
want
to
accuse
someone}},
and
there
are
judges
{\ADD{
there
who
have
been
appointed
by
the
government}} $\{${\ADD{
whom
the
government
has
appointed}}$\}$.
You
can
accuse
{\ADD{
anyone
there}}.
\VS{39}But
if
you
want
to
ask
about
something
else,
{\ADD{
you
should
ask}}
for
{\ADD{
other
officials
to}} resolve
it
when
{\ADD{
those}}
officials legally
assemble.
\VS{40}{\ADD{
And
this
is
certainly
not
a
legal
meeting! Resolve
this legally}}
because,
if
{\ADD{
we(inc)
do}}
not,
I
am
afraid
{\ADD{
that
the
governor}}
will
hear
about
all
this
noise
{\ADD{
that
you
have
made}}
and
will
say
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
were
trying
to
rebel
{\ADD{
against
the
government}}.
If
he
would
ask
me
what
you
were
all
shouting
about,
I
would
not
be
able
to
give
him
an
answer.”
\VS{41}That
is
what
the
city
secretary
said
{\ADD{
to
the
crowd}}.
Then
he
told
them
all
to
go
{\ADD{
home.
So
they
left}}.

\par }\Chap{20}{\SH After being in Macedonia and Greece, Paul went to Troas.
\par }{\SR Acts 20:1-6
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}After
the
people
at Ephesus
had
stopped rioting,
Paul
summoned
the believers.
He
encouraged
them
{\ADD{
to
continue
to
trust
in
the
Lord
Jesus.
Soon}}
after
that,
he
told
them goodbye
and
left
to
go
to
Macedonia
{\ADD{
province}}.
\VS{2}{\ADD{
After
he
arrived}}
there,
he
visited
{\ADD{
each
town
where
there
were believers}},
and
encouraged
them.
Then
he
arrived
in
Greece
{\ADD{
province}},
{\ADD{
which
is
also
called Achaia}}.
\VS{3}He
stayed
there
for
three
months.
Then
he
planned
to
return
to
Syria
by
ship,
but
{\ADD{
he
heard
that}}
some
of
the
Jews [SYN]
{\ADD{
in
that
area}}
were
planning
to
kill
him
{\ADD{
as
he
traveled.
So}}
he
decided
instead
to
go
{\ADD{
by
land,
and
he
traveled}}
again
through
Macedonia.
\VS{4}The
men
who
were
going
to
travel
with
him
{\ADD{
to
Jerusalem
were}}
Sopater,
{\ADD{
who
was}}
a
son
of
Pyrrhus,
who
grew
up
in Berea
{\ADD{
town}}; Aristarchus
and
Secundus,
who
were
from
Thessalonica
{\ADD{
city;}}
Gaius,
{\ADD{
who
was}}
from
Derbe
{\ADD{
town;}}
Timothy,
{\ADD{
who
was
from Galatia
province;}}
and
Tychicus
and
Trophimus
who
were
from Asia
{\ADD{
province}}.
\VS{5}Those
{\ADD{
seven}}
men
went
ahead
of
{\ADD{Paul
and
me, Luke,
by
ship
from Macedonia,
so}}
they
got
to
Troas
{\ADD{
before
we
did
and}}
waited
for
{\ADD{
the
two
of}}
us
there.
\VS{6}{\ADD{
But
we
two(exc)
traveled
by
land
as
far
as}}
Philippi
{\ADD{
city}}.
After
the
Jewish
festival
{\ADD{
when
they
eat}}
unleavened
bread,
we
got
on
a
ship
{\ADD{
that
was
going
from}}
the
port
near
{\ADD{
Philippi
to
Troas
city}}.
After
five
days
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
arrived
at
Troas
and
we
met
the
other
men
who
had
traveled
there
{\ADD{
ahead
of
us}}.
Then
we
{\ADD{
all}}
stayed
in
Troas
for
seven
days.
\par }{\SH At
Troas,
Paul
encouraged believers
by resurrecting Eutychus.
\par }{\SR Acts 20:7-12
\par }{\PP \VS{7}◄On Sunday
evening/On
the
evening
of
the
first
day
of
the
week►,
we
{\ADD{(exc)
and
the
other believers
there}}
gathered
together
to
celebrate
the
Lord’s Supper
{\ADD{
and
to
eat
other
food}} [SYN].
Paul
spoke
to
the believers.
He
continued
teaching
them
until
midnight,
because
he
was
planning
to
leave
{\ADD{Troas}}
the
next
day.
\VS{8}Many
{\ADD{
oil}}
lamps
were
burning
in
the upstairs
room
in
which
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
had
gathered,
{\ADD{
so
the fumes
caused
some
people
to
become sleepy}}.
\VS{9}A
young
man
whose
name
was
Eutychus
was
there.
He
was
seated
on
{\ADD{
the
sill
of}}
an
{\ADD{
open}}
window
{\ADD{
on
the
third
story
of
the
house}}.
As
Paul
continued
talking
for
a
long
time,
Eutychus
became sleepier
and sleepier.
Finally,
he
was
sound/really
asleep.
He
fell
{\ADD{
out
of
the
window}}
from
the
third
story
down
{\ADD{
to
the
ground.
Some
of
the believers
went
down}}
immediately
and
picked
him
up.
{\ADD{
But
he
was}}
dead.
\VS{10}Paul
{\ADD{
also}}
went
down.
He
lay
down
and
stretched
out
on
top
of
the
young
man
and
put
his
arms
around
him.
Then
he
said
{\ADD{
to
the
people
who
were
standing
around}}, “Do
not
worry,
he
is
alive
{\ADD{
again
now}}!”
\VS{11}Then
Paul,
{\ADD{
along
with
the
others}},
went upstairs
again
and
they
ate
the
Lord’s Supper
and
other
food [SYN].
Afterwards,
Paul conversed
with
the believers
until
dawn.
Then
he
left.
\VS{12}The
{\ADD{
other}}
people
took
the
young
man
{\ADD{
home}},
and
were
greatly
encouraged
because
he
was
alive
{\ADD{
again}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
and
his
companions
traveled
from Troas
to Miletus.
\par }{\SR Acts 20:13-16
\par }{\PP \VS{13}We
then
went
to
the
ship.
Paul
did
not
get
on
the
ship
{\ADD{
with
us
in Troas}},
because
he
preferred
to
go
{\ADD{
more
quickly}} overland
to Assos
{\ADD{
town}}.
The
rest
of
us
got
on
the
ship
and
sailed
for Assos.
\VS{14}We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
met
Paul
in Assos.
He
got
on
{\ADD{
the
ship}}
with
us,
and
we
sailed
to
Mitylene
{\ADD{
town}}.
\VS{15}The
day
after
{\ADD{
we
reached Mitylene}},
we
{\ADD{
sailed
from
there
and}}
arrived
{\ADD{
at
a
place}}
near Kios
{\ADD{
Island}}.
The
day
after
that,
we
sailed
to
Samos
{\ADD{
Island}}.
The
next
day
we
{\ADD{
left
Samos
and}}
sailed
to
Miletus
{\ADD{
town}}.
\VS{16}{\ADD{Miletus
was
just
south
of
Ephesus
city}}.
Paul
had
{\ADD{
earlier}}
decided
that
he
would
not
get
on
a
ship
that
would
stop
at
Ephesus,
because
he
did
not
want
to
spend
{\ADD{
several}}
days
in
Asia
{\ADD{
province}}.
If
possible,
he
wanted
to
arrive
in
Jerusalem
by
the
{\ADD{
time
of
the}}
Pentecost
festival,
{\ADD{
and
the
time
of
that
festival
was
near}}.
\par }{\SH Paul reminded
the Ephesian
elders
how
he
had
conducted
himself
and
had
taught
them.
\par }{\SR Acts 20:17-21
\par }{\PP \VS{17}{\ADD{
When
the
ship
arrived
at}}
Miletus,
Paul
sent
{\ADD{
a
messenger}}
to
Ephesus
to
ask
the
elders
of
the
congregation
to
come
to
talk
with
him.
\par }{\PP \VS{18}When
the
elders
arrived,
Paul
said
to
them, “You
personally
know
how
I
{\ADD{
conducted
myself
among
you
the
entire
time}}
that
I
was
with
you,
from
the
first
day
when
I
arrived
{\ADD{
here}}
in
Asia
{\ADD{
province
until
the
day
I
left}}.
\VS{19}{\ADD{
You
know
how}}
I
was
serving
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus}}
very
humbly
and
how
I
sometimes
wept
{\ADD{
about
people.
You
also
know
how}}
I
suffered
because
the
Jews [SYN]
{\ADD{
who
were
not believers
often}}
tried
{\ADD{
to
harm
me}}.
\VS{20}You
also
know
that,
as
I
preached
{\ADD{
God’s
message}}
to
you,
I
never
left
out
anything
that
would
help
you.
You
know
that
I
taught
you
{\ADD{
God’s
message}}
when
many
people
were
present,
and
I
{\ADD{
also
went
to
your}}
homes
and
taught
it
there.
\VS{21}I
preached
both
to
Jews
and
to non-Jews,
telling
them
{\ADD{
all}}
that
they
must
turn
away
from
their
sinful
behavior.
{\ADD{
I
also
told
them
they
should}}
believe
in
our
Lord
Jesus.”
\par }{\SH Paul
told
them
that
they
would
never
see
him
again.
\par }{\SR Acts 20:22-31
\par }{\PP \VS{22}“And
now
note
this:
I
am
going
to
Jerusalem,
because
{\ADD{
God’s}}
Spirit
has
clearly
shown
me
that
I
must
go
there.
I
do
not
know
what
will
happen
to
me
{\ADD{
while
I
am
there}}.
\VS{23}But
I
do
know
that
in
each
city
{\ADD{
where
I
have
stopped}},
the
Holy
Spirit
has ◄told
me/{\ADD{
caused
the believers
to}}
tell
me►
that
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}
people
will
put
me
in
prison [PRS]
and
will
cause
me
to
suffer [PRS].
\VS{24}But
I
do
not
care
even
if
people
kill
me,
if
first
I
am
able
to
finish
the
work [MET]
that
the
Lord
Jesus
has
told
me
{\ADD{
to
do.
He
appointed
me}}
to
tell
people
the
good
message
that
God
{\ADD{
saves
us}}
by
doing
for
us
what
we
do
not
deserve.
\VS{25}I
have
preached
to
you
the
message
about
how
God
desires
to
rule
{\ADD{
people’s
lives}}.
But
now
I
know
that
today
is
the
last
time
that
you
fellow believers
will
see
me [SYN].
\VS{26}So
I
want
you
all
to
understand
that
if
anyone
{\ADD{
who
has
heard
me
preach}}
dies
{\ADD{
without
trusting
in
Jesus}},
it
is
not
my
fault [MTY],
\VS{27}because
I
told
you [LIT]
everything [HYP]
that
God
has
planned
for
us
{\ADD{(inc)}}.
\VS{28}{\ADD{
You
leaders}}
must
continue
to
believe
and
obey
{\ADD{
God’s
message.
You
must
also
help}}
all
the
other believers [MET]
for
whom
the
Holy
Spirit
has
caused
you
to
be
responsible [MTY].
Watch
over [MET]
yourselves
and
the
other believers
{\ADD{
as}}
a
shepherd
{\ADD{
watches
over
his
sheep}}.
God
bought
them
with
the
blood
{\ADD{
that
flowed
from}}
his
{\ADD{
Son’s
body
on
the
cross}}.
\VS{29}I
know
{\ADD{
very
well}}
that
after
I
leave,
{\ADD{
people
who
teach}} [MET]
{\ADD{
false doctrines}}
will
come
among
you
and
will
do
great
harm
to
the believers.
{\ADD{
They
will
be
like}}
fierce
wolves
{\ADD{
that
kill
sheep}}.
\VS{30}Even
in
your
own
group
of believers
there
will
be
some
who
will
deceive
{\ADD{
other}} believers
by
teaching
them
messages
that
are
false.
They
will
teach
those
messages
so
that
some
people
{\ADD{
will
believe
them
and}}
will
become
their
followers.
\VS{31}So
watch
out
{\ADD{
that
none
of
you
stops believing
the
true
message
about
our
Lord
Jesus}}.
Remember
that
day
and
night
for
{\ADD{
about}}
three
years
I
repeatedly
taught
you
that
message,
and
warned
you
with
tears
{\ADD{
in
my
eyes
not
to
believe
any
other
message}}.”
\par }{\SH Paul
entrusted
them
to
God
and
to
the
message
about
God’s
goodness.
\par }{\SR Acts 20:32-35
\par }{\PP \VS{32}“{\ADD{
Now
as
I
leave
you}},
I
ask
God
to
protect
you
and
to
keep
you believing
the
message
{\ADD{
that
he
saves
us(inc)}}
by
doing
for
us
what
we
do
not
deserve.
{\ADD{
If
you
continue believing}}
the
message
{\ADD{
that
I
told
you}},
you
will
become
{\ADD{spiritually mature}},
and
God
will
give
you
the
blessings
that
he
has
promised
to
give
to
all
of
those
who
belong
to
him.
\par }{\PP \VS{33}{\ADD{
As
for
myself}},
I
have
not
desired
anyone’s
money [MTY]
or
{\ADD{
fine}}
clothing.
\VS{34}You
yourselves
know
that
I
have
worked
{\ADD{
with
my
hands}} [MTY]
to earn
the
money
that
my
companions
and
I
needed.
\VS{35}In
everything
that
I
did,
I
showed
you
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
should
work
hard
in
order
{\ADD{
to
have
enough
money}}
to
give
some
to
those
who
are
needy.
We
{\ADD{(inc)}}
should
remember
that
our
Lord
Jesus
himself
said, ‘You
are
happy
when
people
give
you
what
you
need,
but
God
will
be
happy
with
you
when
you
give
other
people
what
they
need.’ ”
\par }{\SH Paul
prayed
with
them
and
they
sadly
told
him goodbye.
\par }{\SR Acts 20:36-38
\par }{\PP \VS{36}When
Paul
had
finished
speaking,
he
knelt
down
with
all
of
the
elders
and
prayed.
\VS{37}They
all
cried
a
lot,
and
they
hugged
Paul
and
kissed
him.
\VS{38}They
were
especially
sad
because
he
had
said
that
they
would
never
see
him [SYN]
again.
Then
they
{\ADD{
all}}
went
with
him
to
the
ship.

\par }\Chap{21}{\SH Paul, Luke and his other companions traveled from Miletus to Tyre.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:1-3
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}{\ADD{
After}}
we
said goodbye
to
the
elders
{\ADD{
from Ephesus}},
we
{\ADD{
got
on
the
ship
and}}
sailed
to
Cos
{\ADD{
Island,
where
the
ship
stopped
for
the
night}}.
The
next
day
we
sailed
from
Cos
to
Rhodes
{\ADD{
Island,
where
the
ship
stopped
again.
The
day
after}}
that
we
sailed
to
Patara
{\ADD{
town,
where
the
ship
stopped.
This
was
on
Patara
Island}}.
\VS{2}{\ADD{
At Patara
we
left
that
ship,
and
someone
told
us
that}}
there
was
a
ship
that
would
be
going
to
Phoenicia
{\ADD{
region.
So}}
we
got
on
that
ship,
and
it
left.
\VS{3}{\ADD{
We
sailed
until}}
we
could
see
Cyprus
{\ADD{
Island}}.
We
passed
to
the
south
of
the
island
and
continued
sailing
until
we
arrived
at
{\ADD{Phoenicia
region,
in}}
Syria
{\ADD{
province}}.
We
arrived
at
Tyre
{\ADD{
city.
The
ship
was
going
to
stay
there
several
days,
because
its
workers}}
had
to unload
the
cargo.
\par }{\SH At
Tyre, believers
warned
Paul
not
to
go
to
Jerusalem,
but
he
went
on anyway.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:4-6
\par }{\PP \VS{4}{\ADD{
Someone
told
us}}
where
the believers
in
Tyre
lived,
so
we
{\ADD{(exc)
went
and}}
stayed
with
them
for
seven
days.
Because
{\ADD{
God’s}}
Spirit
revealed
to
them ◄{\ADD{
that
people
would
cause
Paul
to
suffer/Paul
would
suffer}}►
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}},
they
told
Paul
that
he
should
not
go
there.
\VS{5}But
when
it
was
time
{\ADD{
for
the
ship
to
leave
again}},
we
{\ADD{
prepared
to}}
continue
going
{\ADD{
to
Jerusalem}}.
When
we
left
{\ADD{
Tyre}},
all
the believers,
including
their
wives
and
children,
went
with
us
{\ADD{
to
the
edge
of
the
sea}}.
We
all
knelt
down
there
on
the
sand/shore
and
prayed.
\VS{6}After
we
all
said goodbye,
Paul
and
we
{\ADD{
his
companions}}
got
on
the
ship,
and
the
{\ADD{
other}} believers
returned
to
their
own
homes.
\par }{\SH Paul
and
his
companions
sailed
from
Tyre
to Caesarea.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:7-9
\par }{\PP \VS{7}After
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
left
Tyre,
we
continued
on
{\ADD{
that
ship}}
to
Ptolemais
{\ADD{
city}}.
There
were believers
there,
and
we
greeted
them
and
stayed
with
them
that
night.
\VS{8}The
next
day
we
left
{\ADD{Ptolemais}}
and
sailed
to
Caesarea
{\ADD{
city}},
where
we
stayed
in
the
home
of
Philip,
who
{\ADD{
spent
his
days}}
telling
others
how
to
become
disciples
of
Jesus.
He
was
one
of
the
seven
{\ADD{
men
whom
the believers
in
Jerusalem
had
chosen
to
care
for
the
widows}}.
\VS{9}He
had
four
daughters
who
were
not
married.
Each
of
them
{\ADD{frequently}}
spoke
messages
that
the
Holy
Spirit
had
revealed
to
them.
\par }{\SH The believers
could
not
persuade
Paul
from
going
on
to
Jerusalem.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:10-14
\par }{\PP \VS{10}After
{\ADD{
we(exc)
had
been
in Philip’s
house
for}}
several
days,
a believer
whose
name
was Agabus
came
down
from
Judea
{\ADD{
district}}
and
arrived
{\ADD{
in Caesarea}}.
He
{\ADD{frequently}}
spoke
messages
that
the
Holy
Spirit
had
told
him.
\VS{11}Coming
over
to
where
we
were,
he
took
off
Paul’s
belt.
Then
he
tied
his
own
feet
and
hands
with
it
and
said, “The
Holy
Spirit
says, ‘The
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders}} [SYN]
in
Jerusalem
will
tie
up
{\ADD{
the
hands
and
feet
of}}
the
owner
of
this
belt,
like
this,
and
they
will
hand
him
over
to non-Jewish
people
{\ADD{
as
a
prisoner}}.’ ”
\VS{12}When
{\ADD{
the
rest
of}}
us
heard
that,
we
and
{\ADD{
other}} believers
there
repeatedly
pled
with
Paul, “Please
do
not
go
up
to
Jerusalem!”
\VS{13}But
Paul
replied, “◄Please
stop
crying
and
trying
to discourage
me [IDM]
{\ADD{
from
going!}}/Why
are
you
crying
and
trying
to discourage
me [IDM]
{\ADD{
from
going}}?► [RHQ]
I
am
willing
to
be
put $\{${\ADD{
for
people}}
to
put
me$\}$
in
prison
and
also
to
be
killed $\{${\ADD{
for
them}}
to
kill
me$\}$
in
Jerusalem
because
I
{\ADD{
serve}} [MTY]
the
Lord
Jesus.”
\VS{14}When
{\ADD{
we(exc)
realized
that}}
he
was
determined
{\ADD{
to
go
to
Jerusalem}},
we
did
not
try
{\ADD{
any
longer}}
to
persuade
him
{\ADD{
not
to
go}}.
We
said, “May ◄the
Lord
{\ADD{
God}}
do
what
he
wants/the
Lord’s
will
be
done►!”
\par }{\SH Paul
and
other believers
went
from Caesarea
to
Jerusalem.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:15-16
\par }{\PP \VS{15}After
those
days
{\ADD{
in Caesarea}},
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
prepared
{\ADD{
our
things}}
and
{\ADD{
left
to}}
go
{\ADD{
by
land}}
up
to
Jerusalem.
\VS{16}Some
of
the believers
from
Caesarea
also
went
with
us.
{\ADD{
On
the
way
to
Jerusalem}},
we
stayed
{\ADD{
one
night}}
in
the
house
of
{\ADD{
a
man
whose
name
was}}
Mnason.
He
was
from
Cyprus
{\ADD{
Island}},
and
he
had
believed
{\ADD{
in
Jesus}}
when
people
were
first
beginning
to
hear
the
message
{\ADD{
about
him}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
agreed
with church
leaders
to
perform
a
Jewish
purifying
ritual.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:17-26
\par }{\PP \VS{17}When
we
arrived
in
Jerusalem,
{\ADD{
a
group
of}}
the believers
greeted
us happily.
\VS{18}The
next
day
Paul
and
the
rest
of
us
went
to
speak
with
James,
{\ADD{
who
was
the
leader
of
the
congregation
there}}.
All
of
the
{\ADD{
other}}
leaders/elders
{\ADD{
of
the
congregation
in
Jerusalem}}
were
also
there.
\VS{19}Paul
greeted
them,
and
then
he
reported
all
of
the
things
that
God
had
enabled
him
to
do
among
the non-Jewish
people.
\VS{20}When
they
heard
that, James
and
the
other
elders
said, “Praise
the
Lord!”
Then
{\ADD{
one
of}}
them
said
to
Paul, “Brother/Friend,
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
know
that
there
are
very
many
thousands
of
us
{\ADD{(inc)}}
Jewish
people
{\ADD{
here}}
who
have
believed
{\ADD{
in
the
Lord
Jesus}}.
Also,
you
know
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
all
continue
very
carefully
to
obey
the
laws
{\ADD{
that
Moses
gave
us}}.
\VS{21}{\ADD{
But
our
fellow
Jewish believers}}
have
been
told $\{$have
heard
{\ADD{
people
say}}$\}$
that
when
you
are
among non-Jews,
you
tell
the
Jewish believers
who
live
there
that
they
should
stop
obeying
{\ADD{
the
laws}} [MTY] ◄{\ADD{
of}}
Moses/{\ADD{
that}}
Moses
{\ADD{
received
from
God}}►.
{\ADD{
People
say
that}}
you
tell
{\ADD{
those
Jewish believers}}
not
to
circumcise
their
sons
and
not
to
practice
our
{\ADD{
other}}
customs.
{\ADD{
We(exc)
do
not
believe
that
this
is
true}}.
\VS{22}But
our
fellow
{\ADD{
Jewish}} believers
will
certainly
hear
that
you
have
arrived,
{\ADD{
and
they
will
be
angry
with
you}}.
So
{\ADD{
you}}
need
to
do
something [RHQ]
{\ADD{
to
show
them
that
what
they
heard
about
you
is
not
true}}.
\VS{23}So
you
should
do
what
we suggest
to
you.
There
are
four
men
among
us
who
have
strongly
promised
{\ADD{
to
God}}
about
{\ADD{
something}}.
\VS{24}Go
with
these
men
{\ADD{
to
the
Temple}}
and
{\ADD{ritually}}
purify
yourself
along
with
them.
Then,
{\ADD{
when
it
is
time
for
them
to
offer
the
sacrifices
for
that
ritual}},
pay
for
what
they
offer
{\ADD{
as
sacrifices}}.
After
that,
they
can
shave
their
heads
{\ADD{
to
show
that
they
have
done
what
they
promised
to
do.
And
when
people
see
you
in
the
courts
of
the
Temple
with
those
men}},
they
will
know
that
what
they
have
been
told $\{$what
people
have
told
them$\}$
about
you
is
not
true.
Instead,
all
of
them
will
know
that
you
obey
all
our
Jewish
laws
{\ADD{
and rituals}}.
\VS{25}As
for
the non-Jewish
believers,
{\ADD{
we
elders
here
in
Jerusalem
have
talked}}
about
{\ADD{
which
of
our
laws}}
they
{\ADD{
should
obey,
and}}
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
wrote
them
{\ADD{
a
letter,
telling
them}}
what
we
decided.
{\ADD{
We
wrote}}
that
they
should
not
eat
meat
that
people
have
offered
as
a
sacrifice
to
any
idol,
{\ADD{
that
they
should
not
eat}}
blood
{\ADD{
from
animals}},
and
that
{\ADD{
they
should
not
eat}}
meat
from
animals
{\ADD{
that
people
have
killed
by}}
strangling
{\ADD{
them.
We
also
told
them
that}}
they
should
not
have
sex
with
someone
to
whom
they
are
not
married.”
\VS{26}So
Paul
{\ADD{
agreed
to
do
what
they
asked}},
and
the
next
day
he
took
the
{\ADD{
four}}
men,
and
together
they ritually
purified
themselves.
After
that,
Paul
went
to
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courts
and}}
told
{\ADD{
the
priest}}
what
day
they
would
{\ADD{
finish}}
purifying
themselves
{\ADD{ritually}}
and
when
{\ADD{
they}}
would
offer
{\ADD{
the
animals
as
sacrifices}}
for
each
of
them.
\par }{\SH Some
Jews
seized
Paul
in
the
Temple
courts.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:27-30
\par }{\PP \VS{27-29}When
the
seven
days
{\ADD{
for
purifying
themselves}}
were
nearly
finished, Paul
{\ADD{
returned}}
to
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard}}.
Some
Jews
from Asia
{\ADD{
province}}
saw
him
there,
{\ADD{
and
they
were
very
angry
at
him}}.
On
another
day
they
had
seen Paul
{\ADD{
walking
around}}
in
Jerusalem
with Trophimus,
who
was
a non-Jew.
Their
laws
did
not
permit non-Jews
to
be
in
the
Temple,
and
they
thought
that Paul
had
brought Trophimus
into
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard
that
day.
So}}
they
called
out
to
many
other
Jews
{\ADD{
who
were
in
the
Temple
courtyard}}
to
{\ADD{
help
them}}
seize [MTY] Paul.
They
shouted, “Fellow
Israelites,
come
and
help
{\ADD{
us
punish
this}}
man!
This
is
the
one
who
is
{\ADD{
constantly}}
teaching
people
wherever
{\ADD{
he
goes
that
they}}
should
despise
the
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
people.
{\ADD{
He
teaches
people
that
they
should
no
longer
obey}}
the
laws
{\ADD{
of
Moses}}
nor
respect
this
holy
{\ADD{
Temple}}.
He
has
even
brought non-Jews
here
into
{\ADD{
the
court
of}}
our
Temple,
causing
God
to
consider
it
no
longer
holy!”
\VS{30}{\ADD{
People}}
throughout [MTY]
the
city
heard
that
there
was
trouble
{\ADD{
at
the
Temple
courtyard}},
and
they
came
running
there.
They
grabbed
Paul
and
dragged
him
outside
of
the
Temple
{\ADD{
area}}.
The
gates
{\ADD{
to
the
Temple
courtyard
were
shut}} $\{${\ADD{
The
Temple
guards}}
shut
the
doors
{\ADD{
to
the
Temple
courts}}$\}$
immediately,
{\ADD{
so
that
the
people
would
not
riot
inside
the
Temple
area}}.
\par }{\SH Roman
soldiers
ran
to
where
those
Jews
were
trying
to
kill
Paul.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:31-32
\par }{\PP \VS{31}While
they
were
trying
to
kill
Paul,
someone
{\ADD{
ran
to
the
fort
near
the
Temple}}
and
told
the Roman
commander
that
many [HYP]
people [MTY]
in
Jerusalem
were rioting
{\ADD{
at
the
Temple}}.
\VS{32}The
commander
quickly
took
some
officers
and
{\ADD{
a
large
group
of}}
soldiers
and
ran
to
{\ADD{
the
Temple
area
where}}
the
crowd
was.
When
the
crowd
of
people
{\ADD{
who
were yelling
and
beating
Paul}}
saw
the
commander
and
the
soldiers
{\ADD{
coming}},
they
stopped
beating
him.
\par }{\SH After
the
commander
arrested
Paul,
soldiers
carried
him towards
the
fort.
\par }{\SR Acts 21:33-40
\par }{\PP \VS{33}The
commander
came
to
{\ADD{
where
Paul
was
and}}
seized
him.
He
{\ADD{
commanded
soldiers}}
to
fasten
a
chain
to
{\ADD{
each
of}} Paul’s
{\ADD{
arms}}.
Then
he
asked
{\ADD{
the
people
in
the
crowd}}, “Who
is
this
man,
and
what
has
he
done?”
\VS{34}Some
of
the
many
people
there
were
shouting
one
thing,
{\ADD{
and}}
some
were
shouting
something
else.
Because
they
continued
shouting
so
loudly,
the
commander
could
not
understand
{\ADD{
what
they
were
shouting.
So}}
he
{\ADD{
commanded}}
that
Paul
be
taken $\{${\ADD{
the
soldiers}}
to
take
Paul$\}$
into
the
barracks
{\ADD{
so
that
he
could
question
him
there}}.
\VS{35}{\ADD{
The
soldiers}}
led
Paul
to
the
steps
{\ADD{
of
the barracks}},
but
many
people
continued
to
follow
them,
trying
to
kill
{\ADD{
Paul.
So
the
commander
told}}
the
soldiers
to
carry
Paul
{\ADD{
up
the
steps
into
the barracks}}.
\VS{36}The
crowd
that
followed
kept
shouting, “Kill
him!
Kill
him!”
\par }{\PP \VS{37}As
Paul
was
about
to
be
taken $\{${\ADD{
the
soldiers}}
were
about
to
take
Paul$\}$
into
the
barracks,
he
said
{\ADD{
in
Greek}}
to
the
commander, “May
I
speak
to
you?”
The
commander
said, “◄I
am
surprised
that
you
can
speak
the
Greek
{\ADD{
language}}!/Can
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
speak
the
Greek
{\ADD{
language}}?►” [RHQ]
\VS{38}“◄I
{\ADD{
thought}}
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
were
that
fellow/Are
you
not
that
fellow►
from
Egypt [RHQ]
who
wanted
to
rebel
{\ADD{
against
the
government
not
long
ago}},
and
who
took 4,000
violent terrorists
{\ADD{
with
him}}
out
into
the
desert,
{\ADD{
so
that
we
could
not
catch
him}}?”
\VS{39}Paul
answered, “{\ADD{
No,
I
am
not!}}
I
am
a
Jew.
I
{\ADD{
was
born}}
in
Tarsus,
which
is
an
important [LIT]
city
in
Cilicia
{\ADD{
province}}.
I
ask
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
let
me
speak
to
the
people.”
\VS{40}Then
the
commander
permitted
Paul
{\ADD{
to
speak.
So}}
Paul
stood
on
the
steps
and
motioned
with
his
hand
{\ADD{
for
the
crowd
to
be
quiet.
And
after}}
the
people
in
the
crowd
became
quiet,
Paul
spoke
to
them
in
{\ADD{
their
own}}
Hebrew
language [MTY].

\par }\Chap{22}{\SH Paul defended his believing in Jesus, but the Jews wanted to kill him.
\par }{\SR Acts 22:1-16
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Paul
said, “{\ADD{
Jewish}}
elders
and
my
other
fellow
Jews,
listen
to
me
now
while
I
reply
to
{\ADD{
those
who
are
accusing
me}}!”
\VS{2}When
the
crowd
of
people
heard
Paul
speaking
to
them
in
{\ADD{
their
own}}
Hebrew
language,
they
became
even
more
quiet
and
really
listened.
Then
Paul
said
to
them,
\VS{3}“I
am
a
Jew,
{\ADD{
as
are
all
of
you}}.
I
was
born
in
Tarsus
{\ADD{
city}},
in
Cilicia
{\ADD{
province}},
but
I
grew
up
here
in
Jerusalem.
{\ADD{
When
I
was
young,
for
many
years}}
I
studied
the
laws
{\ADD{
that
Moses
gave
to
our
ancestors}}.
I
was
taught
by
{\ADD{
the
famous
teacher}}
Gamaliel [MTY] $\{${\ADD{
The
famous
teacher}}
Gamaliel
taught [MTY]
me$\}$.
{\ADD{
I
have}}
carefully
{\ADD{
obeyed
those
laws,
because}}
I
have
wanted
to
obey
God.
I
{\ADD{
am
sure
that}}
many
of
you
also
carefully
obey
{\ADD{
those
laws}}.
\VS{4}{\ADD{
That
is
why}}
I
previously
persecuted
those
who
believe
the
message
{\ADD{
that
people
call}}
the
Way
{\ADD{
that
Jesus
taught.
I
continually
looked
for
ways}}
to
kill
{\ADD{
them.
Whenever
I
found}}
men
or
women
{\ADD{
who
believed
that
message}},
I
{\ADD{
commanded
that}}
they
should
be
seized
and
thrown $\{${\ADD{
people
to}}
seize
them
and
throw
them$\}$
into
jail.
\VS{5}The suprrme
priest
knows
this,
and
so
do
the
{\ADD{
other
respected
men
who
belong
to
our
Jewish}}
Council.
They
gave
me
letters
to
{\ADD{
take
to}}
their
fellow
Jews
in
Damascus
{\ADD{
city.
By
means
of
those
letters,
they
authorized
me
to}}
go
to
there
and
find
people
who
believed
in
{\ADD{
Jesus.
They
had
written
in
the
letters
that
I
was
to
bring
those
people}}
as
prisoners
to
Jerusalem,
so
that
they
would
be
punished
here $\{${\ADD{
the
leaders
here}}
could
punish
them$\}$.
\par }{\PP {\ADD{
So
I
went
on
my
way
to
Damascus}}.
\VS{6}About
noon,
my
companions
and
I
were
getting
near
Damascus.
Suddenly
a
bright
light
from
the
sky
flashed
all
around
me.
\VS{7}{\ADD{
The
light
was
so
bright
that}}
I
fell
to
the
ground.
Then
I
heard
the
voice
{\ADD{
of
someone}}
speaking
to
me
{\ADD{
from
up
in
the
sky.
The
one
who
was
speaking
to
me
said}}, ‘Saul!
Saul!
Why
do
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
do
things
to
harm
me?’
\VS{8}I
answered, ‘Who
are
you?’
He
replied, ‘I
am
Jesus
from
Nazareth.
I
{\ADD{
am
the
one}}
whom
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
harming
{\ADD{
by
doing
things
to
harm
my
followers}}.’
\VS{9}The
men
who
were
{\ADD{
traveling}}
with
me
saw
the
{\ADD{
very
bright}}
light,
{\ADD{
and
they
heard
a
voice}},
but
they
did
not
understand
what
the
voice
said
to
me.
\VS{10}Then
I
asked, ‘Lord,
what
{\ADD{
do
you
want}}
me
to
do?’
The
Lord
told
me, ‘Get
up
and
go
into
Damascus!
{\ADD{
A
man}}
there
will
tell
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
all
that
I
have
planned
for
you
to
do.’
\VS{11}{\ADD{
After
that,
I
could
not
see}},
because
the
{\ADD{
very
bright}}
light
had
caused
me
to
become
blind.
So
my
companions
took
me
by
the
hand
and
led
me
until
{\ADD{
we(exc)
arrived}}
in
Damascus.
\VS{12}{\ADD{
A
couple
of
days}}
later,
a
man
whose
name
was Ananias
came
to
{\ADD{
see}}
me.
He
was
a
man
who
{\ADD{
greatly
respected
God
and}}
carefully
obeyed
{\ADD{
our
Jewish}}
laws.
All
the
Jews
living
in
Damascus
said
good
things
about
him.
\VS{13}He
came
and
stood
beside
me
and
said
to
me, ‘Brother
Saul,
see
{\ADD{
again}}!’
Instantly
I
could
see!
I
saw Ananias
{\ADD{
standing
there
beside
me}}.
\VS{14}Then
he
said: ‘The
God
whom
{\ADD{
we(inc)
worship
and}}
whom
our
ancestors
{\ADD{
worshipped}}
has
chosen
you
and
will
show
you
what
he
wants
{\ADD{
you
to
do.
He
has
allowed
you}}
to
see
the
righteous
one,
{\ADD{
the
Messiah}},
and
you
have
heard
him
speaking
{\ADD{
to
you}}.
\VS{15}He
wants
you
to
tell
people
everywhere
what
you
have
seen
and
heard
{\ADD{
from
him}}.
\VS{16}So
now ◄do
not
delay!/why
delay?► [RHQ]
Stand
up,
let
{\ADD{
me}} baptize
you,
and
by
praying
to
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus
ask
God}}
to
forgive
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
for
your
sins!’ ”
\par }{\SH Paul
told
about
the
Lord’s
commanding
him
to
go
to non-Jewish
people.
\par }{\SR Acts 22:17-22
\par }{\PP \VS{17}“Later,
I
returned
to
Jerusalem.
{\ADD{
One
day}}
I
went
to
the
Temple
courtyard.
While
I
was
praying
there,
I
saw
a
vision
{\ADD{
in
which}}
\VS{18}I
saw
the
Lord
speaking
to
me.
He
said
to
me, ‘{\ADD{
Do
not
stay
here}}!
Leave
Jerusalem
immediately,
because
the
people
{\ADD{
here}}
will
not ◄believe/listen
to►
what
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
tell
{\ADD{
them}}
about
me!’
\VS{19}But
I
{\ADD{
protested
and}}
said
to
him, ‘Lord,
they
know
that
I
went
to
many
of
our
meeting
houses
looking
for
people
who
believe
in
you.
I
was
putting
in
jail
those
{\ADD{
whom
I
found}}
who
believed
in
you,
and
I
was
even
beating
them.
\VS{20}{\ADD{
They
remember
that}}
when
Stephen
was
killed [MTY] $\{$when
people
killed [MTY]
Stephen$\}$
because
he
told
people
about
you,
I
stood
there
{\ADD{
watching
it
all}}
and
approving
{\ADD{
what
they
were
doing}}.
I
{\ADD{
even}}
guarded
the
outer
garments
that
those
who
were murdering
him
{\ADD{
had
thrown
aside.
So
if
I
stay
here,
the
fact
that
I
have
changed
how
I
think
about
you
will
surely
impress
those
leaders
of
our
people}}.’
\VS{21}But
the
Lord
said
to
me, ‘No,
{\ADD{
do
not
stay
here}}!
Leave
{\ADD{
Jerusalem,
because}}
I
am
going
to
send
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
far
away
{\ADD{
from
here}}
to non-Jewish
people!’ ”
\VS{22}The
people
listened
{\ADD{
quietly}}
to
what
Paul
was
saying
until
{\ADD{
he
mentioned
the
Lord
sending
him
to non-Jewish
people}}.
Then
they
began
shouting
{\ADD{
angrily}}, “Kill
him!
{\ADD{
He
does
not
deserve
to
live
any
longer}}!”
{\ADD{
They
said
that
because
they
could
not
believe
that
God
would
save
anyone
except
Jews}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
said
that
he
was
a Roman
citizen,
so
soldiers
did
not
flog
him.
\par }{\SR Acts 22:23-29
\par }{\PP \VS{23}While
they
continued
shouting,
{\ADD{“Kill
him!”}}
they
took
off
their
cloaks
and
threw
dust
into
the
air,
{\ADD{
which
showed
how
angry
they
were}}.
\VS{24}So
the
commander
{\ADD{
commanded}}
that
Paul
be
taken $\{${\ADD{
soldiers}}
to
take
Paul$\}$
into
the
barracks.
He
told
{\ADD{
the
soldiers}}
that
they
should
strike
Paul
with
a
whip
{\ADD{
that
had
pieces
of
bone/metal
on
the
end
of
it}},
in
order
to
make
him
tell
what
he
had
done
that
made
the
Jews
shout
so
angrily.
{\ADD{
So
the
soldiers
took
Paul
into
the
barracks}}.
\VS{25}Then
they
stretched
his
arms
out
{\ADD{
and
tied
them}}
so
that
they
could
whip
him
{\ADD{
on
his
back.
But}}
Paul
said
to
the
officer
who
was
standing
nearby
{\ADD{
watching}}, “{\ADD{
You(sg)
should
think
carefully
about
this}}!
You
will
certainly
be [RHQ]
acting unlawfully
if
you
whip
me,
a
Roman
{\ADD{
citizen
whom}}
no
{\ADD{
one
has
put
on
trial
and}}
condemned!”
\VS{26}When
the
officer
heard
that,
he
went
to
the
commander
and
reported
it
to
him.
He
said
{\ADD{
to
the
commander}}, “This
man
is
a
Roman
{\ADD{
citizen}} ◄Surely
you
would
not
{\ADD{
command
us
to
whip
him}}!/Do
you
really
want
{\ADD{
us
to
whip
him}}?► [RHQ]”
\VS{27}The
commander
{\ADD{
was
surprised
when
he
heard
that.
He
himself}}
went
{\ADD{
into
the barracks}}
and
said
to
Paul, “Tell
me,
are
you
{\ADD{(sg)
really}}
a
Roman
{\ADD{
citizen}}?”
Paul
answered, “Yes,
I
{\ADD{
am}}.”
\VS{28}Then
the
commander
said, “{\ADD{
I
am
also
a Roman
citizen}}.
I
paid
a
lot
of
money
to
become
a
{\ADD{Roman}}
citizen.”
Paul
said, “But
I
was
born
a
{\ADD{Roman}}
citizen,
{\ADD{
so
I
did
not
need
to
pay
anything}}.”
\VS{29}The
soldiers
{\ADD{
were
about
to
whip
Paul
and
to
ask
him
questions
about
what
he
had
done.
But
when
they
heard
what
Paul
said,
they}}
left
him
immediately.
The
commander
also
became
afraid,
because
he
realized
that
Paul
was
a
Roman
{\ADD{
citizen}}
and
that
he
had
{\ADD{illegally
commanded
soldiers
to}}
tie
up Paul’s
{\ADD{
hands}}.
\par }{\SH The commander’s
soldiers
brought
Paul
to
the
Jewish
Council.
\par }{\SR Acts 22:30
\par }{\PP \VS{30}{\ADD{
The
commander
still}}
wanted
to
know
exactly
why
the
Jews
were
accusing
Paul.
So
the
next
day
he
{\ADD{
told
the
soldiers
to}}
take
the
chains
off
Paul.
He
also
summoned
the
chief
priests
and
the
{\ADD{
other
Jewish}}
Council
{\ADD{
members}}.
Then
he
took
Paul
{\ADD{
to
where
the
Council
was
meeting}}
and
{\ADD{
commanded}}
him
to
stand
before
them.

\par }\Chap{23}{\SH Paul apologized for unknowingly denouncing the high priest.
\par }{\SR Acts 23:1-5
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Paul
looked
straight
at
the
Jewish
council
members
and
said: “My
fellow
Jews,
all
my
life
I
have
lived respecting
our
God,
and
I
do
not
know
of
anything
that
I
have
done
that
I
knew
was
wrong/evil.”
\VS{2}When Ananias
the supreme
priest
{\ADD{
heard
what
Paul
said}},
he
commanded
the
men
who
were
standing
near
Paul
to
hit
him
on
the
mouth.
\VS{3}Then
Paul
said
to Ananias, “God
will
punish
you
{\ADD{(sg)
for
that}},
you
hypocrite [MET]!
You
sit
there
and
judge
me,
using
the
laws
that
{\ADD{
God
gave
Moses}}.
But
you
{\ADD{
yourself}}
disobey
those
laws,
because
you
commanded
me
to
be
struck $\{${\ADD{
these
men}}
to
strike
me$\}$
{\ADD{
without
having
proved
that
I
have
done
anything
that
is
wrong!}}”
\VS{4}The
men
who
were
standing
near
Paul
{\ADD{
rebuked
him.
They}}
said, “Are
not
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
afraid
to
insult
God’s
{\ADD{
servant,
our}} supreme
priest?”
\VS{5}Paul
replied, “My
fellow
Jews,
I
{\ADD{
am
sorry
that
I
said
that}}.
I
did
not
know
that
the
man
{\ADD{
who
told
one
of
you
to
hit
me}}
is
the
high
priest.
{\ADD{
If
I
had
known
that,
I
would
not
have
insulted
our supreme
priest}},
because
I
{\ADD{
know
that}}
it
is
written $\{${\ADD{
that
Moses}}
wrote$\}$
{\ADD{
in
our
Jewish
law}}, ‘Do
not
speak
evil
of
any
of
your
rulers!’ ”
\par }{\SH The
commander
rescued
Paul
from
the
Council
members.
\par }{\SR Acts 23:6-10
\par }{\PP \VS{6}Paul
realized
that
some
of
the
{\ADD{
Council
members}}
were
Sadducees
and
others
were
Pharisees.
So,
{\ADD{
in
order
to
cause
the
Pharisees
and
Sadducees
to
argue
among
themselves
instead
of
accusing
him}},
he
called
out
loudly
in
the
Council
{\ADD{
hall}}, “My
fellow
Jews,
I
am
a
Pharisee,
like
my
father
was.
I
have
been
put $\{${\ADD{
You}}
have
put
me$\}$
on
trial
{\ADD{
here}}
because
I
confidently
expect
that
{\ADD{
some
day
God}}
will ◄cause
people
who
have
died
to
become
alive
again/raise
people
from
the
dead►.”
\VS{7}When
he
said
that,
the
Pharisees
and
Sadducees
started
to
argue
with
one
another
{\ADD{
about
whether
people
who
have
died
will
become
alive
again
or
not}}.
\VS{8}The
Sadducees
believe
that
after
people
die,
they
will
not
become
alive
again.
They
also
believe
that
there
are
no
angels
and
no
{\ADD{
other
kinds
of}}
spirits.
But
the
Pharisees
believe
{\ADD{
that
all
people
who
have
died
will
one
day
become
alive
again.
They
also
believe}}
that
there
are
{\ADD{
angels
and
other
kinds
of
spirits}}.
\VS{9}So
the
Council
members ◄were
divided/did
not
agree
with
each
other►,
and
they
began
shouting
at
one
another
{\ADD{
as
they argued}}.
Some
of
the
teachers
of
the
laws
that
{\ADD{
God
gave
Moses}}
who
were
Pharisees
stood
up.
One
of
them
said, “We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
think
that
this
man
has
done
nothing
wrong.”
Another
said, “Maybe
an
angel
or
some
{\ADD{
other}}
spirit
{\ADD{
really}}
spoke
to
him
{\ADD{
and
what
he
says
is
true}}.”
\VS{10}Then
the
{\ADD{Pharisees
and Sadducees}} argued
even
more
loudly
{\ADD{
with
one
another}}.
As
a
result,
the
commander ◄was
afraid/thought►
that
they
would
tear
Paul
to
pieces.
So
he
{\ADD{
commanded}}
soldiers
to
go
down
{\ADD{
from
the
barracks}}
and forcefully
take
Paul
away
from
the
Council
members
and
bring
him
up
into
the
barracks.
{\ADD{
So
the
soldiers
did
that}}.
\par }{\SH The
Lord
revealed
that
Paul
would
tell
people
about
him
in Rome.
\par }{\SR Acts 23:11
\par }{\PP \VS{11}That
night,
{\ADD{
in
a
vision
Paul
saw}}
the
Lord
{\ADD{
Jesus
come
and}}
stand
near
him.
The
Lord
said
{\ADD{
to
him}}, “Be
courageous!
You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
have
told
people
{\ADD{
here}}
in
Jerusalem
about
me,
and
you
must
tell
people
in
Rome
{\ADD{
about
me}},
too.”
\par }{\SH Some
Jews
plotted
to
kill
Paul.
\par }{\SR Acts 23:12-15
\par }{\PP \VS{12}The
next
morning
{\ADD{
some}}
of
the
Jews [MTY]
{\ADD{
who
hated
Paul}}
met
secretly
and
talked
{\ADD{
about
how
they
could
kill
him}}.
They
promised
{\ADD{
themselves}}
that
they
would
not
eat
or
drink
anything
until
they
had
killed
him.
They
asked
God
to
curse
them
{\ADD{
if
they
did
not
do
what
they
promised}}.
\VS{13}There
were
more
than 40
men
who
planned
to
do
that.
\VS{14}They
went
to
the
chief
priests
and
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
elders
and
told
them, “God
has
heard
us
promise/vow
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
will
not
eat
{\ADD{
or
drink}}
anything
until
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
killed
Paul.
\VS{15}So
{\ADD{
we
request
that}}
you
go
to
the
commander
and
ask
him,
on
behalf
of
the
whole
Jewish
Council,
to
bring
Paul
down
to
us
{\ADD{
from
the barracks}}.
Tell
the
commander
that
you
want
to
question
Paul
some
more.
But
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
will
be
waiting
to
kill
Paul
while
he
is
on
the
way
here.”
\par }{\SH Paul’s
nephew
warned
that
some
Jews
had
plotted
to
kill
Paul.
\par }{\SR Acts 23:16-22
\par }{\PP \VS{16}But
the
son
of
Paul’s
sister
heard
what
they
were
planning
to
do,
so
he
went
into
the
barracks
and
told
Paul.
\VS{17}{\ADD{
When
Paul
heard
that}},
he
called
one
of
the
officers
and
said
to
him, “{\ADD{
Please}}
take
this
young
man
to
the
commander,
because
he
needs
to
tell
him
something
{\ADD{
important}}.”
\VS{18}So
the
officer
took
Paul’s
nephew
to
the
commander.
The
officer
said
to
the
commander, “That
prisoner,
Paul,
called
me
and
said, ‘Please
take
this
young
man
to
the
commander,
because
he
needs
to
tell
him
something
{\ADD{
important}}.’ ”
\VS{19}The
commander
took
the
young
man
by
the
hand,
led
him
off
by
himself,
and
asked
him, “What
do
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
need
to
tell
me?”
\VS{20}The
young
man
said, “{\ADD{
There
are
some}} [SYN]
Jews
who
have
planned
to
ask
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
bring
Paul
before
their
Council
tomorrow.
They
will
say
that
they
want
to
ask
him
some
more
questions.
{\ADD{
But
that
is
not
true}}.
\VS{21}Do
not
do
what
they
ask
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
do,
because
there
are
more
than 40
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
men
who
will
be
hiding
and
waiting
{\ADD{
to
attack
Paul
when
he
passes
by
on
the
way
to
the
Council}}.
They
even
promised/vowed
to
God
that
they
will
not
eat
or
drink
anything
until
they
have
killed
Paul.
They
are
ready
{\ADD{
to
do
it}},
and
right
now
they
are
waiting
for
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
agree
{\ADD{
to
do
what
they
are
asking
you
to
do}}.”
\VS{22}The
commander
said
to
{\ADD{Paul’s}}
young
nephew, “Do
not
tell
anyone
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
have
told
me
{\ADD{
about
their
plan}}.”
Then
he
sent
the
young
man
away.
\par }{\SH Many
soldiers
escorted
Paul
safely
to
Governor Felix
at Caesarea.
\par }{\SR Acts 23:23-35
\par }{\PP \VS{23}Then
the
commander
called
two
of
his
officers
and
told
them, “Get
a
group
of 200
soldiers
ready
{\ADD{
to
travel}}.
Take
along 70
soldiers
riding
horses,
and 200
other
soldiers
carrying
spears.
{\ADD{
All
of
you
must
be
ready}}
to
leave
at
nine o’clock
tonight,
to
go
{\ADD{
down}}
to
Caesarea.
\VS{24}And
take
along
horses
for
Paul
{\ADD{
and
those
accompanying
him}}
to
ride,
and
safely
escort
him
to
{\ADD{
the
palace
of}}
Governor
Felix.”
\VS{25}Then
the
commander
wrote
a
letter
{\ADD{
to
send
to
the
governor}}.
This
is
what
he
wrote:
\VS{26}“{\ADD{
I
am}}
Claudius
Lysias
{\ADD{
writing
to
you}}.
You,
Felix,
are
our
governor
whom
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
respect,
{\ADD{
and
I
sincerely
send
you}}
my
greetings.
\VS{27}I
{\ADD{
have
sent
you(sg)}}
this
man,
{\ADD{
Paul,
because
certain}}
Jews
seized
him
and
were
about
to
kill
him.
But
I
heard
{\ADD{
someone
tell
me}}
that
he
is
a
Roman
citizen,
so
I
and
my
soldiers
went
and
rescued
him.
\VS{28}I
wanted
to
know
what
those
Jews
were
saying
that
he
had
done
wrong,
so
I
took
him
to
their
Jewish
Council.
\VS{29}I
listened
{\ADD{
while
they
asked
this
man
questions
and
he
answered
them}}.
The
things
{\ADD{
they}}
accused
him
about
were
entirely
concerned
with
their
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
laws.
But
Paul
has
not
disobeyed
any
of
our
{\ADD{Roman}}
laws.
{\ADD{
So
our
officials}}
should
not
execute
him
or
{\ADD{
even}}
put
him
in
prison [MTY].
\VS{30}{\ADD{
Someone}}
told
me
that
some [SYN]
Jews
were
secretly
planning
to
kill
this
man,
so
I
immediately
am
sending
him
to
you,
{\ADD{
so
that
you(sg)
may
give
him
a
fair
trial
there}}.
I
have
also
{\ADD{
commanded}}
the
Jews
who
have
accused
him
to
{\ADD{
go
there
to Caesarea
and}}
tell
you
{\ADD{(sg)
what
they
are
accusing
him
about}}.”
\par }{\PP \VS{31}So
the
soldiers
did
what
{\ADD{
the
commander
commanded}}
them,
{\ADD{
taking
this
letter
with
them}}.
They
{\ADD{
got
Paul
and}}
took
him
with
them
during
the
night
{\ADD{
down}}
to Antipatris
{\ADD{
city}}.
\VS{32}The
next
day,
the
foot
soldiers
returned
to
the
barracks
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}},
and
the
soldiers
who
rode
horses
went
on
with
Paul.
\VS{33}When
the
men escorting
Paul
arrived
in
Caesarea,
they
delivered
the
letter
to
the
governor,
and
they
delivered
Paul
to
the
governor.
{\ADD{
Then
the
horsemen
returned
to
Jerusalem}}.
\VS{34}The
governor
read
the
letter,
and
then
he
said
to
Paul, “What
province
are
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
from?”
{\ADD{
Paul
answered}}, “I
am
from
Cilicia
{\ADD{
province}}.”
\VS{35}Then
the
governor
said, “When
the
people
who
have
accused
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
arrive,
I
will
listen
{\ADD{
to
what
each
of
you
says}}
and
then
I
will
judge
your
case.”
Then
he
{\ADD{
commanded}}
that
Paul
be
guarded $\{${\ADD{
soldiers}}
to
guard
Paul$\}$
in
the
palace
that
King
Herod
{\ADD{
the
Great
had
built}}.

\par }\Chap{24}{\SH Paul defended himself, and the governor Felix promised to judge him.
\par }{\SR Acts 24:1-9
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Five
days
later Ananias
the
high
priest,
{\ADD{
having
heard
that
Paul
was
now
in Caesarea}},
went
down
{\ADD{
there
from
Jerusalem}},
along
with
some
{\ADD{
other
Jewish}}
elders
and
a lawyer
{\ADD{
whose
name
was}}
Tertullus.
There
they formally
told
the
governor
what
Paul
had
done
{\ADD{
that
they
considered}}
wrong.
\VS{2}{\ADD{
The
governor
commanded}}
Paul
to
be
brought $\{${\ADD{
a
soldier}}
to
bring
Paul$\}$
in.
{\ADD{
When
Paul
arrived}},
Tertullus
began
to
accuse
him.
He
said
{\ADD{
to
the
governor}}, “Honorable
Governor Felix,
during
the
many
years
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
have
ruled
us,
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
lived
well/peacefully.
By
planning
wisely,
you
have improved
many
things
in
this
province.
\VS{3}{\ADD{
Therefore}},
sir,
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
always
gratefully
acknowledge
everything
that
{\ADD{
you
have
done}}
for
all
{\ADD{
of
us}},
wherever
{\ADD{
you
have
done
those
things}}.
\VS{4}But,
so
that
I
will
not
take
up
too
much
of
your
time,
I
earnestly
request
that
you
kindly
listen
to
me
very
briefly.
\VS{5}We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
observed
that
this
man,
{\ADD{
wherever
he
goes}},
causes
trouble.
{\ADD{
Specifically}},
he
causes
all
the
Jews
everywhere [HYP]
to
riot.
{\ADD{
Also}},
he
leads
the
entire
group
{\ADD{
whom
people
call}} ‘the
followers
of
the Nazarene’,
a
{\ADD{
false}} sect.
\VS{6}He
even
tried
to
do
things
in
the
Temple
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}
that
would ◄defile
it/make
it
unholy►.
So
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
seized
him.
\VS{7}But Lysias,
the
commander
at
the Roman
fort,
came
with
his
soldiers
and forcefully
took
him
away
from
us [SYN].
\VS{8}Lysias
also
commanded Paul’s
accusers
to
come
here
and
accuse
Paul
before
you.
If
you
question
him
yourself,
you
will
be
able
to
learn
that
all
these
things
about
which
we
are
accusing
him
are
true.”
\VS{9}When
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders
who
were
listening
heard
that,
they}}
told
{\ADD{
the
governor
that}}
what Tertullus
had
said
was
true.
\par }{\SH Paul disproved
what
they
had
said,
but admitted
that
he
was
a Christian.
\par }{\SR Acts 24:10-21
\par }{\PP \VS{10}Then
the
governor motioned
with
{\ADD{
his
hand
to
Paul
that}}
he
should
speak.
So
Paul
replied.
He
said, “{\ADD{
Governor Felix,
I
know
that
you(sg)
have
judged
this
Jewish}}
province
for
many
years.
Therefore
I
gladly
defend
myself,
confident
{\ADD{
that
you
will
listen
to
me
and
will
judge
me
fairly}}.
\VS{11}You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
can
{\ADD{
easily}}
ascertain
that ◄it
has
not
been
more
than
twelve
days
since/only
twelve
days
ago►
I
went
up
went
up
to
Jerusalem
to
worship
{\ADD{
God.
That
is
not
enough
time
to
cause
a
lot
of
trouble}}.
\VS{12}No
one
{\ADD{
can
claim legitimately
that
they}}
saw
me
arguing
with
anyone
at
the
Temple
courts
{\ADD{
because
I
did
not
do
that.
No
one
can
claim legitimately
that
they
saw
me}}
causing
people
to
riot
in
{\ADD{
any
Jewish
meeting
place}},
or
causing
trouble
anywhere
{\ADD{
else}}
in
{\ADD{
Jerusalem}}
city,
{\ADD{
because
I
did
not
do
that}}.
\VS{13}So
they
cannot
prove
to
you
the
things
about
which
they
are
now
accusing
me.
\VS{14}But
I
admit
to
you
{\ADD{(sg)
that
this
is
true}}:
I
do
worship
the
God
that
our
ancestors
{\ADD{
worshipped.
It
is
true
that}}
I
follow
the
way
that
{\ADD{
Jesus
taught
us}}.
The
Jewish
leaders
call
that
a
false religion/teaching.
I
also
believe
everything
that
was
written
{\ADD{
by
Moses}} $\{$that
{\ADD{
Moses
wrote}}$\}$
in
the
laws
that
{\ADD{
God
gave
him}},
and
everything
that
was
written
by
the
{\ADD{
other}}
prophets $\{$that
the
{\ADD{
other}}
prophets
wrote$\}$
{\ADD{
in
their
books}} [MTY].
\VS{15}I
confidently
expect,
just
like
{\ADD{
some
of}}
these
men
also
expect,
that
{\ADD{
some
day
God}}
will
cause
everyone
who
has
died
to
become
alive
again.
He
will ◄cause
to
become
alive
again/raise
from
the
dead►
both
those
who
were
righteous
and
those
who
were
wicked.
\VS{16}{\ADD{
Because
I
am
confidently
waiting
for
that
day}},
I
always
try
to
do
what
pleases
God
and
what
other
people
think
is
right.
\VS{17}After
I
{\ADD{
had
been
in
other
places
for}}
several
years,
I
returned
to
Jerusalem.
I
went
there
to
deliver
some
money
to
my
fellow
Jews
{\ADD{
who
are}}
poor,
and
to
offer
sacrifices
{\ADD{
to
God}}.
\VS{18}Some
{\ADD{
Jews}}
saw
me
in
the
temple
{\ADD{
courts}}
after
I
had
completed
the
ritual
by
which
a
person
is
made $\{$that
makes
a
person$\}$
pure.
There
was
no
crowd
with
me,
and
I
was
not
causing
{\ADD{
people}}
to
riot.
\VS{19}But
it
was
some
{\ADD{
other}}
Jews
{\ADD{
who
had
come}}
from Asia
{\ADD{
province
who
really
caused
people
to
riot.
They}}
should
be
here
in
front
of
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
accuse
me,
if
they
thought
that
I
{\ADD{
did}}
something
{\ADD{
wrong}}.
\VS{20}{\ADD{
But
if
they}}
do
not
{\ADD{
want
to
do
that}} (OR,
{\ADD{
But
because
they}}
are
{\ADD{
not}}
here),
these
{\ADD{
Jewish}}
men
who
are
here
should
tell
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
what
{\ADD{
they
think}}
I
did
that
was
wrong,
when
I
{\ADD{
defended
myself}}
before
their
Council.
\VS{21}{\ADD{
They
might
say
that}}
one
thing
that
I
shouted
as
I
stood
before
them
{\ADD{
was
wrong.
What
I
said}}
was, ‘You
are
judging
me
today
because
I
believe
that
{\ADD{
God}}
will ◄cause
{\ADD{
all
people}}
who
have
died
to
become
alive
again/raise
{\ADD{
all
people}}
from
the
dead►.’ ”
\par }{\SH Governor Felix adjourned
the
trial.
\par }{\SR Acts 24:22-23
\par }{\PP \VS{22}Felix
already
knew
quite
a
lot
about
{\ADD{
what
people
called}} ‘the
way
{\ADD{
of Jesus’}}.
But
he
did
not
let
Paul
or
his
accusers
continue
to
speak.
{\ADD{
Instead}},
he
said
{\ADD{
to
them}}, “{\ADD{
Later}},
when
Commander
Lysias
comes
down
here,
I
will
decide
these
matters
that
concern
you
all.”
\VS{23}Then
he
told
the
officer
{\ADD{
who
was
guarding
Paul}}
to
{\ADD{
take
Paul
back
to
the
prison
and}}
make
sure
that
he
was
guarded
all
the
time.
But
he
said
that
Paul
was
not
to
be chained $\{$that
the
officer
was
not
to
fasten
chains
on
him$\}$,
and
if
his
friends
came
to
visit
him,
{\ADD{
the
officer}}
should
allow
them
to
help
Paul
{\ADD{
in
any
way
that
they
wished}}.
\par }{\SH Felix
often
talked
to
Paul,
hoping
that
Paul
would
give
him
money.
\par }{\SR Acts 24:24-27
\par }{\PP \VS{24}Several
days
later
Felix
and
his
wife
Drusilla,
who
was
a
Jew,
came
{\ADD{
back
to Caesarea
after
having
been
away
for
a
few
days}}.
Felix
{\ADD{
commanded}}
Paul
to
be
brought
in $\{${\ADD{
a
soldier
to}}
bring
Paul
in$\}$.
Then
Felix
listened
to
what
Paul
{\ADD{
said
to
him}}.
Paul
spoke
about
what
{\ADD{
Christians}}
believe
about
the
Messiah
Jesus.
\VS{25}Paul
explained
{\ADD{
to
them
about
what
God
requires
people}}
to
do
in
order
to
please
him.
{\ADD{
He
also
explained
about
God
requiring
people
to}}
control
how
they
act.
{\ADD{
Paul
also
told
him
that
there
will
be
a
time
when
God}}
will
judge
{\ADD{
people}}.
Felix
became
alarmed
{\ADD{
after
hearing
those
things.
So}}
he
said
to
Paul, “That
is
all
I
{\ADD{
want
to
hear}}
now.
When
there
is
a
time
that
is
convenient
I
will
ask
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
come
{\ADD{
to
me
again}}.”
\VS{26}{\ADD{Felix
said
that
because}}
he
hoped
that
Paul
would
give
him
some
money
{\ADD{
to
allow
Paul
to
get
out
of
prison}}.
So
he
repeatedly
sent
for
Paul
to
come,
and
Paul
{\ADD{
repeatedly
went
and}}
talked
with
him.
{\ADD{
But
he}}
did
not
{\ADD{
give Felix
any
money,
and Felix
did
not
command
his
soldiers
to
release
Paul
from
prison}}.
\par }{\PP \VS{27}Felix
let
Paul
remain
in
prison,
because
he
wanted
to
please
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders
and
he
knew
that
they
did
not
want
him
to
release
Paul}}.
But
when
two
years
had
passed,
Porcius
Festus
became
governor
in
place
of
Felix.

\par }\Chap{25}{\SH Festus told the Jews to go and accuse Paul at Caesarea.
\par }{\SR Acts 25:1-5
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Festus,
{\ADD{
who
was
now
the
governor}}
of
the
province,
arrived
in
Caesarea,
and
three
days
later
he
went
up
to
Jerusalem.
\VS{2}In
Jerusalem,
the
chief
priests
and
{\ADD{
other}}
Jewish
leaders formally
told
{\ADD{Festus}}
about
{\ADD{
the
things
that
they
said}}
that
Paul
{\ADD{
had
done
that
were
wrong}}.
\VS{3}They
urgently
asked Festus
to
do
something
for
them.
{\ADD{
They
asked
him
to
command
soldiers}}
to
bring
Paul
to
Jerusalem,
{\ADD{
so
that Festus
could
put
him
on
trial
there}}.
But
they
were
planning
that
some
{\ADD{
of
them}}
would
hide
{\ADD{
near
the
road}}
and
wait
{\ADD{
for
Paul}}
and
kill
him
when
he
was
traveling
{\ADD{
to
Jerusalem}}.
\VS{4}But
Festus
replied, “Paul
is
in
Caesarea,
and
is
being
guarded $\{${\ADD{
soldiers}}
are
guarding
him$\}$
{\ADD{
there}}.
I
myself
will
go
down
to
Caesarea
in
a
few
days.
\VS{5}Choose
some
of
your
leaders
to
go
there
with
me.
{\ADD{
While
they
are
there}},
they
can
accuse
Paul
of
the
wrong
things
that
you
say
that
he
has
done.”
\par }{\SH Paul
appealed
to Caesar,
so Festus
agreed
to
that.
\par }{\SR Acts 25:6-12
\par }{\PP \VS{6}After Festus
had
been
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}
eight
or
ten
days,
he
went
back
down
to
Caesarea.
{\ADD{
Several
of
the
Jewish
leaders
also
went
there}}.
The
next
day Festus
{\ADD{
commanded}}
that
Paul
be
brought $\{$someone
to
bring
Paul$\}$
to
him
{\ADD{
in
the
assembly
hall}}
so
that
he
could
judge
him.
\VS{7}{\ADD{
After}}
Paul
was
brought
to
{\ADD{
the
assembly
hall}},
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders}}
from
Jerusalem
gathered
around
him
{\ADD{
to
accuse
him}}.
They
told
{\ADD{Festus}}
that
Paul
had
committed
many
crimes.
But
they
could
not
prove
{\ADD{
that
Paul
had
done
the
things
about
which
they
accused
him}}.
\VS{8}Then
Paul
{\ADD{
spoke}}
to
defend
himself.
He
said
to Festus, “I
have
done
nothing
wrong
against
the
laws
of
us
{\ADD{(exc)}}
Jews,
and
I
have
not
disobeyed
the
rules
concerning
our
Temple.
I
have
also
done
nothing
wrong
against
your
government [MTY].”
\VS{9}But
Festus
wanted
to
please
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders,
so}}
he
asked
Paul, “Are
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
willing
to
go
up
to
Jerusalem
so
that
I
can
listen
as
these
men
accuse
you
{\ADD{
there}}?”
\VS{10}But
Paul
{\ADD{
did
not
want
to
do
that.
So}}
he
said
{\ADD{
to Festus}}, “{\ADD{
No}},
I
{\ADD{
am
not
willing
to
go
to
Jerusalem}}!
I
am
{\ADD{
now}}
standing
before
you,
and
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
the
judge
{\ADD{
whom
the Roman}} Emperor [MTY]
{\ADD{
has
authorized.
This
is
the
place}}
where
I
should
be
judged $\{$where
you
should
judge
me$\}$.
I
have
not
wronged
the
Jewish
people
{\ADD{
at
all}},
as
you
know
very
well.
\VS{11}If
I
had
done
something
bad
{\ADD{
for
which
I}}
should
be
executed $\{${\ADD{
concerning
which
the
law
said
that
they}}
should
execute
me$\}$,
I
would
not
plead
{\ADD{
with
them
that
they}}
not
kill
me.
But
none
of
these
things
about
which
they
accuse
me
is
{\ADD{
true,
so}}
no
one
can
{\ADD{legally}}
surrender
me
to
{\ADD{
these
Jews}}.
So
I formally
request
that
the emperor [MTY]
{\ADD{
should
judge
me
at Rome}}.”
\VS{12}Then
after
Festus
conferred
with
the
{\ADD{
men
who
regularly}}
advised
him,
he
replied
to
Paul, “You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
have formally
requested
{\ADD{
that
I
should
send
you}}
to
the emperor
{\ADD{
in Rome.
So
I
will
arrange
for}}
you
to
go
there
{\ADD{
in
order
that
he
can
judge
you}}.”
\par }{\SH Festus
told
King Agrippa
about
Paul.
\par }{\SR Acts 25:13-22
\par }{\PP \VS{13}After
several
days,
King
{\ADD{Herod}} Agrippa
arrived
at
Caesarea,
along
with
{\ADD{
his
younger
sister}} Bernice.
They
had
come
to
{\ADD{formally}}
welcome
Festus
{\ADD{
as
the
new
Governor
of
the
province}}.
\VS{14}King Agrippa
and Bernice
stayed
many
days
in Caesarea.
While
{\ADD{
they
were}}
there,
Festus
told Agrippa
about
Paul.
He
said
to
the
king, “There
is
a
man
here
whom
Felix
kept
in
prison
{\ADD{
while
he
was
governor}}.
He
left
him
{\ADD{
there
when
his
time
as
governor
ended}}.
\VS{15}When
I
went
to
Jerusalem,
the
chief
priests
and
{\ADD{
the
other}}
Jewish
elders
told
me
that
this
man
had
done
many
things
{\ADD{
against
their
laws}}.
They
asked
me
to
condemn
him
{\ADD{
to
be
executed}} $\{$judge
him
{\ADD{
so
that
people
could
kill
him}}$\}$.
\VS{16}But
I
told
them
that
when
someone
has
been
accused
{\ADD{
of
a
crime,
we}}
Romans
do
not
immediately ◄condemn
that
person/declare
that
person
to
be
guilty►.
First,
we
{\ADD{
command}}
him
to
stand
before
the
people
who
are
accusing
him
and
to
say
whether
or
not
he
has
done
those
things.
{\ADD{
After
that,
the
judge
will
decide
what
to
do
with}}
him.
\VS{17}So
those
Jews
came
{\ADD{
here
to Caesarea}}
when
I
came.
I
did
not
delay.
The
day
after
{\ADD{
we(exc)
arrived}},
after
I
sat
down
at
the
place
where
I
make
decisions,
I
{\ADD{
commanded}}
that
Paul
be
brought $\{${\ADD{
soldiers}}
to
bring
Paul$\}$
into
{\ADD{
the courtroom}}.
\VS{18}The
Jewish
leaders
did
accuse
him,
but
the
things
about
which
they
accused
him
were
not
any
of
the
{\ADD{
evil}}
crimes
about
which
I
thought
{\ADD{
they
would
accuse
him}}.
\VS{19}Instead,
what
they argued
about
with
him
were
some
teachings
that
{\ADD{
some}}
Jews
believe
{\ADD{
and
others
do
not
believe.
They argued}}
about
a
man
whose
name
was
Jesus
who
had
died,
{\ADD{
but
the
man
they
were
accusing,
whose
name
is}}
Paul,
kept
saying, ‘Jesus
is
alive
again.’
\VS{20}I
did
not
know
what
questions
to
ask
{\ADD{
them,
and
I
did
not
know
how
to
judge}}
concerning
their
dispute.
So
I
asked
Paul, ‘Are
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
willing
to
go
{\ADD{
back}}
to
Jerusalem
and
have
the
dispute
{\ADD{
between
you
and
these
Jews}}
judged
there $\{$and
{\ADD{
let
me}}
judge
there
the
dispute
{\ADD{
between
you
and
these
Jews}}$\}$?’
\VS{21}But
Paul
answered, ‘{\ADD{
No}}.
I
{\ADD{
am
not
willing
to
go
to
Jerusalem}}!
\par }{\PP \VS{22}Agrippa
said
to
Festus, “I
also
would
like
to
hear
the
man
myself.”
\par }{\SH Festus
asked
King Agrippa
to
tell
him
what
to
write
to Caesar
about
Paul.
\par }{\SR Acts 25:23-27
\par }{\PP \VS{23}The
next
day Agrippa
and Bernice
came
very ceremoniously
to
the
assembly
hall.
Some
{\ADD{Roman}}
commanders
and
prominent
men
in
{\ADD{Caesarea}}
came
with
them.
Then,
Festus
told
an
officer
to
bring
Paul.
So
after
the
officer
{\ADD{
went
to
the
prison
and}}
brought
him,
\VS{24}Festus
said, “King Agrippa,
and
all
{\ADD{
the
rest
of
you}}
who
are
here,
you
see
this
man.
Many [HYP]
Jews
in
Jerusalem
and
also
those
here
{\ADD{
in Caesarea}}
appealed
to
me, screaming
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
should
not
let
him
live
any
longer.
\VS{25}But
{\ADD{
when
I
asked
them
to
tell
me
what
he
had
done,
and
they
told
me}},
I
found
out
that
he
had
not
done
anything
for
which
he
should
be
executed $\{${\ADD{
anyone
should}}
execute
him$\}$.
However,
he
has
asked
that
our
emperor
{\ADD{
should
judge
his
case}},
so
I
have
decided
to
send
him
to Rome.
\VS{26}But
I
do
not
know
what
specifically
I
should
write
to
the emperor
concerning
him.
That
is
why
I
have
brought
him
here.
I
{\ADD{
want}}
you
all
{\ADD{
to
hear
him
speak}},
and
I
especially
want
you
{\ADD{(sg)}},
King Agrippa,
to
hear
him.
Then,
after
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
have
questioned
him,
I
may
know
what
I
should
write
{\ADD{
to
the emperor
about
him}}.
\VS{27}It
seems
to
me
{\ADD{
that
it
would
be}} unreasonable
to
send
a
prisoner
{\ADD{
to
the emperor
in Rome
without
my}} specifying
the
{\ADD{
things
about
which
people}}
are
accusing
him.”

\par }\Chap{26}{\SH Paul requested that his hearers would listen to him.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:1-3
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}Then Agrippa
said
to
Paul, “You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
permitted
{\ADD{
now}}
to
speak
{\ADD{
to
defend}}
yourself.”
Paul
stretched
out
his
hand ◄{\ADD{dramatically/to
salute
the
king}}►
and
began
to
defend
himself.
He
said,
\VS{2}“King Agrippa,
I
consider
that
I
am
fortunate
that
today,
while
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
listen,
I
can
defend
myself
from
all
the
things
about
which
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders}} [SYN]
are
accusing
me.
\VS{3}I
am
really
fortunate,
because
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
know
all
about
the
customs
of
us
Jews
and
the
questions
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
argue
about.
So
I
ask
you,
please
listen
patiently
to
what
I
say.”
\par }{\SH Paul
told
about
being
a Pharisee
who
believed
that
God
would resurrect
people.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:4-8
\par }{\PP \VS{4}“Many [HYP]
of
my
fellow
Jews
know
about
how
I
have
conducted
my
life,
from
the
time
I
was
a
child.
They
know
how
I
lived
in
the
area
where
I
{\ADD{
was
born}}
and
{\ADD{
also
later}}
in
Jerusalem.
\VS{5}They
have
known
for
many
years,
and
they
could
tell
you,
if
they
wanted
to,
that
{\ADD{
since
I
was
very
young}}
I
obeyed
the
customs
of
our
religion
very
carefully,
just
like
the
{\ADD{
other}}
Pharisees
do.
\VS{6}Today
I
am
being
put
on
trial $\{${\ADD{
they}}
are
putting
me
on
trial$\}$
because
I
am
confidently expecting
that
God
will
do
what
he
promised
our
{\ADD{(exc)}}
ancestors.
\VS{7}Our
twelve
tribes
are
{\ADD{
also}}
confidently
waiting
for
God
to
do
{\ADD{
for
us
what
he
promised}},
as
they respectfully
worship
him,
day
and
night.
{\ADD{
Respected}}
king,
I
confidently
expect
{\ADD{
that
God
will
do
what
he
promised,
and
they
also
believe
that!
But
that
is
the
reason}}
that
these
Jewish
leaders [SYN]
are
accusing
me!
\VS{8}They
believe
that
God
can
cause
those
who
have
died
to
become
alive
again,
so ◄why
{\ADD{
do
any
of
you
refuse
to
believe
that
he
raised Jesus
from
the
dead?/none
of
you
should
refuse
to
believe
that
he
raised Jesus
from
the
dead!}}► [RHQ]”
\par }{\SH Paul
told
about
how
he
had
persecuted Christians.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:9-11
\par }{\PP \VS{9}“{\ADD{
Formerly}}
I,
too,
was
sure
that
I
should
do
everything
that
I
could
to
oppose
Jesus [MTY],
the
man
from
Nazareth
{\ADD{
town}}.
\VS{10}So
that
is
what
I
did
{\ADD{
when
I
lived}}
in
Jerusalem.
I
put
many
of
the believers
in
jail,
as
the
chief
priests
there
had
authorized
me
{\ADD{
to
do}}.
When
{\ADD{
the
Jewish
leaders
wanted}}
those Christians
killed $\{$someone
to
kill
those
{\ADD{Christians}}$\}$,
I voted
{\ADD{
for
that}}.
\VS{11}Many
times
I
punished
the believers
{\ADD{
whom
I
found}}
in
Jewish
meeting
places.
{\ADD{
By
punishing
them}},
I
tried
to
force
them
to
speak
evil
{\ADD{
about
Jesus}}.
I
was
so
angry
with
the
followers
of
Jesus
that
I
even
traveled
to
other
cities
to
{\ADD{
find
them
and}}
do
things
to
harm
them.”
\par }{\SH Paul
told
how
he
had
become
a believer
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:12-18
\par }{\PP \VS{12}“{\ADD{
One
day}},
I
was
on
my
way
to
Damascus
{\ADD{
city}}
to
do
that.
The
chief
priests
{\ADD{
in
Jerusalem}}
had
authorized
and
sent
me
{\ADD{
to
seize
the believers
there}}.
\VS{13}{\ADD{
My
respected}}
king,
{\ADD{
while
I
was
going}}
along
the
road,
at
about
noon
I
saw
a
{\ADD{
bright}}
light
in
the
sky.
It
was
even
brighter
than
the
sun!
It
shone
all
around
me,
and
also
around
the
men
who
were
traveling
with
me.
\VS{14}We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
all
fell
to
the
ground.
Then
I
heard
the
voice
of
someone
speaking
to
me
in
my
own
Hebrew
language [MTY].
He
said ‘Saul,
Saul, ◄stop
causing
me
to
suffer!/why
are
you
causing
me
to
suffer?► [RHQ]
You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
{\ADD{
hurting
yourself
by
trying
to
hurt
me}} [MET],
{\ADD{
like
an
ox}} kicking
against
{\ADD{
its owner’s}}
goad.’
\VS{15}Then
I
asked, ‘Who
are
you,
Lord?’
The
Lord
said
to
me, ‘I
am
Jesus.
You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
are
harming
me
{\ADD{
by
harming
my
followers}}.
\VS{16}But
instead
{\ADD{
of
continuing
to
do
that}},
stand
up
now!
I
have
appeared
to
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
to
tell
you
that
I
have
chosen
you
to
serve
me.
You
must
tell
people
about
{\ADD{
what
I
am
showing
you}}
as
you
are
seeing
me
{\ADD{
now}},
and
about
what
I
{\ADD{
will
show
you
when}}
I
will
{\ADD{
later}}
appear
to
you.
\VS{17}I
will
protect
you
{\ADD{
from
those
who
will
try
to
harm
you,
both}}
your
own
people
and
{\ADD{
also}}
those
who
are
not
Jewish.
I
am
sending
you
to non-Jews
\VS{18}to
help
them
to
realize [MTY]
what
is
true
and
to
stop
believing
what
is
false [MET].
I
am
sending
you
to
them
so
that
they
may
let
God
control
them
and
not
let
Satan
control
them
anymore.
{\ADD{
Then
God}}
will
forgive
their
sins
and
will
accept
them
as
his
people
because
they
believe
in
me.’
{\ADD{
That
is
what
Jesus
said
to
me}}.”
\par }{\SH Paul
said
that
he
obeyed
what
Jesus
commanded
him
from
heaven.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:19-20
\par }{\PP \VS{19}“So,
King Agrippa,
I
fully
obeyed [LIT]
what
{\ADD{
the
Lord
Jesus
told
me
to
do
when
he
spoke
to
me}}
from
heaven.
\VS{20}First,
I
preached
to
{\ADD{
the
Jews}}
in
Damascus.
Then
I
{\ADD{
preached
to
the
Jews}}
in
Jerusalem
and
throughout
{\ADD{
the
rest
of}}
Judea
{\ADD{
province}}.
After
that,
I
also
preached
to non-Jews.
I
preached
that
they
must
turn
away
from
their
sinful
behavior
and
turn
their
lives
over
to
God.
I
told
them
that
they
must
do
things
that
would
show
that
they
had
truly
stopped
their
sinful
behavior.”
\par }{\SH Paul
said
that
he
proclaimed
what
the
prophets
had
written
about
the
Messiah.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:21-23
\par }{\PP \VS{21}“It
is
because
I
{\ADD{
preached}}
this
message
{\ADD{
that
some}} [SYN]
Jews
seized
me
{\ADD{
when
I
was}}
in
the
Temple
{\ADD{
courtyard
and}}
tried
to
kill
me.
\VS{22}However,
God
has
been
helping
me
{\ADD{
from
that
time,
and
he
is
still
helping
me}}
today.
So
I
stand
here
and
I
tell
{\ADD{
all
of
you
people}},
those
who
are
important
and
those
who
are
not,
{\ADD{
who
Jesus
is}}.
Everything
that
I
say
{\ADD{
about
him}}
is
what
Moses
and
the
{\ADD{
other}}
prophets
wrote
{\ADD{
about
long
ago,
things
that
they
said}}
would
happen.
\VS{23}They
wrote
that
{\ADD{
people
would
cause}}
the
Messiah
to
suffer
and
die.
They
also
wrote
that
he
would
be
the
first
person
to
become
alive
again,
to
proclaim
{\ADD{
the
message
that
would
be
like}}
light,
{\ADD{
that
he
would
save}}
both
{\ADD{
his
own
Jewish}}
people
and non-Jewish
people.”
\par }{\SH Paul
talked
to Festus
and Agrippa,
urging
them
to
become believers
in
Jesus.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:24-29
\par }{\PP \VS{24}Before
Paul
could
say
anything
{\ADD{
further}}
to
defend
himself,
Festus
shouted: “Paul,
you
are crazy!
You
have
studied
too
much,
and
it
has
made
you
insane!”
\VS{25}But
Paul
answered, “Your
Excellency,
Festus,
I
am
not raving
{\ADD{
insanely}}.
On
the
contrary,
what
I
am
saying
is
true
and
sensible!
\VS{26}King Agrippa
knows
the
things
{\ADD{
that
I
have
been
talking
about}},
and
I
can
speak
confidently
to
him
{\ADD{
about
them}}.
I
am
sure
that
he
knows [LIT]
these
things,
because
people
everywhere [IDM]
have
heard [LIT]
about
what
happened
{\ADD{
to
Jesus}}.”
\VS{27}Then
Paul
asked, “King Agrippa,
do
you
believe
{\ADD{
what}}
the
prophets
{\ADD{
wrote}}?
I
know
that
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
believe
it.”
\VS{28}Then Agrippa
{\ADD{
answered}}
Paul, “◄{\ADD{
I
hope
that
you(sg)}}
do
not
think
that
by
the
few
things
{\ADD{
that
you
have
just
now
said}}
you
can
persuade
me
to
become
a
Christian!/You
do
not
think,
{\ADD{
do
you}},
that
by
the
few
things
{\ADD{
that
you
have
just
now
said}}
you
can
persuade
me
to
become
a
Christian?►” [RHQ]
\VS{29}Paul
replied, “Whether
it
takes
a
short
time
or
a
long
time,
it
does
not
matter.
I
pray
to
God
that
you
and
also
all
of
the
others
who
are
listening
to
me
today
will
also
{\ADD{
believe
in
Jesus}}
like
I
do,
but
I
do
not
want
you
to
become
prisoners [MTY]
{\ADD{
like
I
am}}.”
\par }{\SH The
officials
said
that
Paul
was
innocent
but
must
go
to Rome.
\par }{\SR Acts 26:30-32
\par }{\PP \VS{30}Then
the
king,
the
governor, Bernice,
and
all
the
others
got
up
\VS{31}and
left
{\ADD{
the
room.
While}}
they
were
talking
to
one
another
they
said
to
each
other, “There
is
no
reason
why ◄the
authorities/we►
should
execute
this
man,
or
that
he
should
even
be
kept
in
prison [MTY].”
\VS{32}Agrippa
said
to
Festus, “If
this
man
had
not
asked
that
the Emperor
judge
him,
he
could
have
been
released $\{${\ADD{
we(inc)}}
could
have
released
him$\}$.”

\par }\Chap{27}{\SH Paul and other prisoners sailed from Caesarea to Crete.
\par }{\SR Acts 27:1-8
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}When
{\ADD{
the
Governor
and
those
who
advised
him}}
decided
that
it
was
time
for
us
{\ADD{(exc)}}
to
get
on
a
ship
and
go
to
Italy,
they
put
Paul
and
some
other
prisoners
into
the
hands/care
of
an
army
captain
whose
name
was
Julius.
{\ADD{
He
was
the
one
who
would
guard
us
on
the
journey}}.
Julius
was
{\ADD{
an
officer}}
in
charge
of
{\ADD{
a
group
of}} 100
{\ADD{
soldiers
that
people
called}} ‘the
Emperor
Augustus Group’.
\VS{2}So
we
got
on
a
ship
that
had
come
from Adramyttium
{\ADD{
city
in
Asia
province.
The
ship}}
was
going
to
{\ADD{
return
there,
stopping
at}}
cities
along
the
coast
of
Asia
{\ADD{
province}}. Aristarchus,
{\ADD{
a
fellow believer
who
was}}
from
Thessalonica
{\ADD{
city}}
in
Macedonia
{\ADD{
province}},
went
with
us.
\VS{3}The
day
after
{\ADD{
the
ship
sailed}},
we
arrived
at
Sidon
{\ADD{
city}}.
Julius
kindly
told
Paul
that
he
could
go
and
see
his
friends
{\ADD{
who
lived
there}},
so
that
they
could
give
him
whatever
he
might
need.
{\ADD{
So
Paul
visited
the believers
there}}.
\VS{4}Then
the
ship
left
{\ADD{
Sidon}},
but
the
winds
were
blowing
against
us
{\ADD{(exc)}},
so
{\ADD{
the
ship}}
went
along
{\ADD{
the
north}}
side
of
Cyprus
{\ADD{
Island}},
the
side
that
is sheltered
{\ADD{
from
the
wind}}.
\VS{5}After
that,
we
crossed
over
the
sea
close
to
the
coast
of
Cilicia
and
Pamphylia
{\ADD{
provinces.
The
ship}}
arrived
at
Myra
{\ADD{
city,
which
is}}
in
Lycia
{\ADD{
province}}.
{\ADD{
We
got
off
the
ship
there}}.
\VS{6}In Myra,
{\ADD{
people
told}} Julius
that
a
ship
{\ADD{
was
there
that
had
come}}
from Alexandria
{\ADD{
city}}
and
would
{\ADD{
soon}}
sail
to
Italy.
So
he
arranged
for
us
to
get
{\ADD{
on
that
ship}},
{\ADD{
and
we
left}}.
\VS{7}We
sailed
slowly
for
several
days
and
finally
arrived
close
to
the
coast
{\ADD{
of
Asia
province}},
near
Cnidus
{\ADD{
town.
After
that}},
the
wind
{\ADD{
was
very
strong
and}}
did
not
allow
the
ship
to
move
straight
ahead
{\ADD{
westward.
So
instead}},
we
sailed
{\ADD{
southward}}
along
the
side
of
Crete
{\ADD{
Island
that
is}} sheltered
{\ADD{
from
the
wind}},
and
we
passed
{\ADD{
near Cape}}
Salmone.
\VS{8}{\ADD{
The
wind
was
still
strong,
and
it
prevented
the
ship
from
moving
ahead
fast}}.
So
we
moved slowly
along
the
coast
{\ADD{
of
Crete}},
and
we
arrived
at
a
harbor
that
was
called
Fair Havens,
near
Lasea
{\ADD{
town}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
warned
them
not
to
travel
on,
but
the ship’s
officials
decided
to
go
on anyway.
\par }{\SR Acts 27:9-20
\par }{\PP \VS{9}Much
time
had
passed,
so
it
would
have
been
dangerous
if
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
had
traveled
{\ADD{
farther}}
by
ship
{\ADD{
because
after
that
time
of
the
year}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
the
sea
often
became
very
stormy}}.
So
Paul
said
to
the
men
{\ADD{
on
the
ship}},
\VS{10}“Men,
I
perceive
that
{\ADD{
if
we(inc)
travel
by
ship}}
now,
it
will
be disastrous
for
us.
A
storm
may
destroy
the
ship
and
the
cargo,
and
possibly
we
will
drown.”
\VS{11}But
the
officer
{\ADD{
did
not
listen
to}}
what
Paul
said.
Instead,
he
decided
to
do
what
the
pilot
{\ADD{
of
the
ship}}
and
the
owner
of
the
ship
advised.
\VS{12}The
harbor
where
the
ship
had
stopped
was
not
a
good
place
to
remain
during
the
winter
{\ADD{
when
the
weather frequently
becomes
stormy.
So
most
of
the
people
on
the
ship
decided
that
we(exc)
should
leave
there,
because
they
hoped
that
we}}
could
stay
at
Phoenix
{\ADD{
port}}
during
the
winter,
if
we
could
possibly
arrive
there.
That
harbor
was
open
to
the
sea
in
two
directions,
{\ADD{
but
the
strong
winds
did
not
blow
there}}.
\VS{13}Then
a
gentle
wind
began
to
blow
{\ADD{
from
the
south}},
and
the
{\ADD{crew
members}}
thought
that
they
could
travel
as
they
had
decided
{\ADD{
to
do.
So}}
they
lifted
{\ADD{
the anchor
up
out
of
the
sea}},
and
the
ship
sailed
{\ADD{
westward}}
along
the
{\ADD{
southern}}
shore
of
Crete
{\ADD{
Island}}.
\VS{14}But
after
a
while,
a
wind
that
was
very
strong
blew
across
the
island
{\ADD{
from
the
north
side
and
hit
the
ship.
That
wind
was
called}} $\{${\ADD{
People}}
called
that
wind$\}$ “the Northeast
Wind.”
\VS{15}It
blew
strongly
against
the
{\ADD{
front
of}}
the
ship.
The
result
was
that
we
could
not
keep
going
in
the
direction
{\ADD{
in
which
we
had
been
going}}.
So
the
sailors
let
the
wind
move
the
ship
in
the
direction
{\ADD{
that
the
wind}}
was
blowing.
\VS{16}The
ship
then
passed
a
small
island
named
Cauda.
We
passed
along
the
side
{\ADD{
of
the
island
that}} sheltered
{\ADD{
the
ship
from
the
wind}}.
Then
{\ADD{
while
the
ship
was
moving
along}},
the
sailors
lifted
the lifeboat
up
{\ADD{
out
of
the
water}}
and
tied
it
{\ADD{
on
the
deck.
But
the
strong
wind
made
it}}
difficult
even
to
do
that.
\VS{17-18}After
the
sailors
{\ADD{hoisted/lifted}}
the lifeboat
onto
the
ship,
they
tied
ropes
around
the ship’s hull
to
strengthen
the
ship.
The
sailors
were
afraid
that,
{\ADD{
because
the
wind
was
pushing
the
ship}},
it
might
run
onto
the sandbanks
off
the
coast
of
Libya
to
the
south
{\ADD{
and
get
stuck
there.
So}}
they
lowered
the largest
sail
{\ADD{
so
that
the
ship
would
move slower.
Even
so}},
the
wind
continued
to
move
the
ship
along.
{\ADD{
The
wind
and
the
waves}}
continued
to
toss
the
ship
about
roughly,
so
on
the
next
day
the
sailors
began
to
throw
overboard
the
things
that
the
ship
was
carrying.
\VS{19}On
the
third
{\ADD{
day
after
the
stormy
wind
had
begun
to
blow}},
the
sailors/we [MTY]
threw
overboard
{\ADD{
most
of}}
the sails,
ropes,
and
poles,
{\ADD{
in
order
to
make
the
ship
lighter}}.
\VS{20}The
wind
continued
to
blow
very
strongly,
{\ADD{
and
the
sky
was
full
of
dark
clouds}}
day
and
night.
We
could
not
see
the
sun
or
the
stars
for
many
days,
{\ADD{
so
we
could
not
determine
where
we
were.
And
the
wind}}
continued
to
blow
violently.
So
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
finally
thought
that
we
would
drown
in
the
sea.
\par }{\SH Paul
told
them
that
an
angel
from
God
said
that
they
would
all
survive.
\par }{\SR Acts 27:21-26
\par }{\PP \VS{21}None
of
us
on
the
ship
had
eaten
for
many
days.
{\ADD{
Then
one
day}},
Paul
stood
up
in
front
of
us
and
said, “{\ADD{
Friends}},
you
should
have
listened
to
me
{\ADD{
when
I
said}}
that
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
should
not
sail
from
Crete.
Then
we
would
have
been
safe,
and
the
ship
and
its
cargo
would
be
in
good
condition [LIT].
\VS{22}But
now,
I
urge
you,
do
not
be
afraid,
because
none
of
us
will
die.
{\ADD{
The
storm}}
will
destroy
the
ship
but
not
us.
\VS{23}I
{\ADD{
know
this}},
because
last
night
God,
the
one
to
whom
I
belong
and
whom
I
serve,
{\ADD{
sent}}
an
angel
{\ADD{
who
came
and}}
stood
by
me.
\VS{24}The
angel
said
to
me, ‘Paul,
do
not
be
afraid!
You
{\ADD{(sg)}}
must
{\ADD{
go
to Rome}}
and
stand
before
the Emperor
there
{\ADD{
so
that
he
can
judge
you}}.
I
want
you
to
know
that
God
has
made
it
clear
to
me
that
all
those
who
are
traveling
by
ship
with
you
{\ADD{
will
also
survive}}.’
\VS{25}So
cheer
up,
{\ADD{
my}}
friends,
because
I
believe
that
God
will
make
this
happen,
exactly
as
{\ADD{
the
angel}}
told
me.
\VS{26}However,
{\ADD{
the
ship}}
will
crash
on
some
island,
{\ADD{
and}}
we
{\ADD{(inc)}}
will
go ashore
{\ADD{
there}}.”
\par }{\SH Paul
thwarted
some
sailors
who
tried
to
sneak ashore
in
the lifeboat.
\par }{\SR Acts 27:27-32
\par }{\PP \VS{27}On
the
fourteenth
night
{\ADD{
after
the
storm
had
begun,
the
ship}}
was
still
being
blown $\{$the
wind
was
still
blowing
{\ADD{
the
ship}}$\}$
across
the Adriatic
sea.
About
midnight,
the
sailors sensed
that
the
ship
was
getting
close
to
land.
\VS{28}So
they
lowered
{\ADD{
a
weight
on
a
rope}}
to
measure
how
deep
{\ADD{
the
water
was}}.
When
they
pulled
the
rope
up
again,
they
measured
it
and
saw
that
the
water
was ◄120 ft./37 meters►
deep.
They
went
a
little
farther
and
lowered
the
rope
again.
{\ADD{
That
time}},
they
saw
that
the
water
was
{\ADD{
only}}
about ◄90 ft./28 meters►
deep.
\VS{29}They
were
afraid
that
the
{\ADD{
ship}}
might
go
onto
some
rocks,
so
they
threw
out
four anchors
from
the
{\ADD{ship’s}}
stern/back
and
continued
to
wish/pray
that
it
would
soon
be
dawn
{\ADD{
so
that
they
could
see
where
the
ship
was
going}}.
\VS{30}Some
of
the
sailors
were
planning
to
escape
from
the
ship,
so
they
lowered
the lifeboat
into
the
sea.
In
order
{\ADD{
that
no
one
would
know
what
they
planned
to
do}},
they
pretended
{\ADD{
that}}
they
wanted
to
lower
some anchors
from
the
{\ADD{
ship’s}}
front/bow.
\VS{31}But
Paul
said
to
the
army
officer
and
soldiers, “If
the
sailors
do
not
stay
in
the
ship,
you
have
no
hope
of
being
saved.”
\VS{32}So
the
soldiers
cut
the
ropes
and
let
the lifeboat
fall
into
the
water.
\par }{\SH Paul
urged
them
to
eat
some
food,
so
they
did
and
then
lightened
the
ship.
\par }{\SR Acts 27:33-38
\par }{\PP \VS{33}Just
before
dawn,
Paul
urged
everyone
{\ADD{
on
the
ship}}
to
eat
some
food.
He
said, “For
the
past 14
days
you
have
been
waiting
and
watching
and
not
eating
anything.
\VS{34}So,
{\ADD{
now}}
I
urge
you
to
eat
some
food.
We
{\ADD{(inc)}}
need
to
do
that
in
order
to
stay
alive.
I
{\ADD{
tell
you
to
do
that
because
I
know
that}}
none
of
you
will
drown [IDM].”
\VS{35}After
Paul
had
said
that,
while
everyone
was
watching,
he
took
some
bread
and
thanked
God
{\ADD{
for
it.
Then
he
broke
the
bread
and
began
to
eat
some
of
it}}.
\VS{36}The
{\ADD{
rest
of
us}}
became
encouraged,
so
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
all
ate
some
food.
\VS{37}Altogether
there
were 276
of
us [SYN]
on
the
ship.
\VS{38}When
everyone
had
eaten
as
much
as
they
wanted,
they
threw
the
grain
{\ADD{
that
the
ship
was
carrying}}
into
the
sea,
and
this
made
the
ship
lighter.
\par }{\SH The
waves
began
to
break
up
the
ship
after
it
struck
a shoal.
\par }{\SR Acts 27:39-41
\par }{\PP \VS{39}At
dawn,
{\ADD{
we(exc)
could
see}}
land,
{\ADD{
but
the
sailors}}
did
not
recognize
{\ADD{
the
place}}.
However,
they
could
see
that
there
was
a
bay
and
{\ADD{
a
wide
area
of}}
sand
at
the water’s
edge.
They
planned
that,
if
it
was
possible,
they
would steer
the
ship
onto
{\ADD{
the beach}}.
\VS{40}{\ADD{
So
some
of
the
sailors}}
cut
the anchor
{\ADD{
ropes
and}}
let
the anchors
fall
into
the
sea.
At
the
same
time,
{\ADD{
other
sailors}}
untied
the
{\ADD{
ropes
that}}
fastened
the
rudders,
{\ADD{
so
that
they
could steer
the
ship
again}}.
Then
{\ADD{
the
sailors}}
raised
the
sail
at
the
front/bow
of
the
ship
so
that
the
wind
{\ADD{
would
blow
the
ship
forward}},
and
the
ship headed towards
the
shore.
\VS{41}But
the
ship
hit
a sandbank.
The
front
of
the
ship
stuck
there
and
could
not
move,
and
big
waves
beat
against
the
back
of
the
ship
and
it
began
to
break
apart.
\par }{\SH The
officer
saved
Paul
and
commanded
all
to
go
to
the
shore,
so
they
did
that.
\par }{\SR Acts 27:42-44
\par }{\PP \VS{42}The
soldiers
said
{\ADD{
to
one
another, “Let’s}}
kill
{\ADD{
all}}
the
prisoners
{\ADD{
on
the
ship}},
so
that
they
will
not
{\ADD{
be
able
to}}
swim
{\ADD{
away
and}}
escape.”
{\ADD{
They
planned
to
do
that
because
they
were
sure}}
that
officials
{\ADD{
would
order
them
to
be
executed
if
they
let
the
prisoners
escape}}.
\VS{43}But
{\ADD{Julius}},
the
army
captain,
wanted
to
save
Paul,
so
he
stopped
the
soldiers
from
doing
what
they
planned
to
do.
Instead,
he
{\ADD{
commanded}}
first
that
everyone
who
could
swim
should
jump
into
the
water
and
swim
to
land.
\VS{44}{\ADD{
Then
he
told}}
the
others
{\ADD{
to
hold}}
onto
planks
or
pieces
from
the
ship
{\ADD{
and
go towards
shore.
We(exc)
did
what
he
said,
and}}
in
that
way
all
of
us
arrived
safely
on
land.

\par }\Chap{28}{\SH The Maltese thought that Paul was a god because a snake did not harm him.
\par }{\SR Acts 28:1-6
\par }{\PP \VerseOne{1}After
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
had
arrived
safely
{\ADD{
on
the
shore}},
we
learned
that
it
was
an
island
called
Malta.
\VS{2}The
people
who
lived
there
received
us
kindly.
They
lit
a
fire
and
invited
us
to
come
and
warm
ourselves,
because
it
was raining
and
it
was
cold.
\VS{3}Paul
gathered
some
sticks
and
put
them
on
the
fire.
But
{\ADD{
among
those
sticks
was}}
a
snake
that
had
come
out
{\ADD{
from
the
fire
to
escape}}
from
the
heat,
and
it
fastened
itself
on
Paul’s
hand.
\VS{4}{\ADD{
The islanders
knew
that
the
snake
was
poisonous,
so}}
when
they
saw
it
hanging
from Paul’s
hand,
they
said
to
each
other, “Probably
this
man
has
murdered
someone.
Although
he
has
escaped
from
being
drowned,
{\ADD{
the
god}} ◄{\ADD{
who}}
pays
{\ADD{
people
back/who
punishes
people}}►
for
their [MTY]
sins
will
cause
him
to
die.”
\VS{5}But
Paul
simply
shook
the
snake
off
into
the
fire,
and
nothing
happened
to
him.
\VS{6}The
people
were
expecting
that Paul’s
body
would
soon
swell
up
or
that
he
would
suddenly
fall
down
and
die.
But
after
they
had
waited
a
long
time,
they
saw
{\ADD{
that
the
snake}}
had
not
harmed
him
{\ADD{
at
all}}.
So
then
the
people
changed
their
minds
and
said
{\ADD{
to
one
another}}, “This
man
is
not
a
murderer! Probably
he
is
a
god!”
\par }{\SH Paul
healed
many Maltese,
so
they
supplied
what
he
and
the
others
needed.
\par }{\SR Acts 28:7-10
\par }{\PP \VS{7}Near
where
the
people
had
made
the
fire,
there
were
some
fields
that
belonged
to
a
man
whose
name
was
Publius.
He
was
the
chief
official
on
the
island.
He
invited
us
to
{\ADD{
come
and
stay
in}}
his
home.
He
took
care
of
us
for
three
days.
\VS{8}{\ADD{
At
that
time}} Publius’
father
had
a
fever
and
dysentery,
and
he
was
lying
{\ADD{
in
bed}}.
So
Paul
visited
him
and
prayed
{\ADD{
for
him.
Then}}
Paul
placed
his
hands
on
him
and
healed
him.
\VS{9}After
Paul
had
done
that,
the
other
people
on
the
island
who
were
sick
came
{\ADD{
to
him}}
and
{\ADD{
he}}
healed
them,
too.
\VS{10}They
brought
us
gifts
and
{\ADD{
showed
in
other
ways
that}}
they
greatly
respected
us.
When
we
were
{\ADD{
ready}}
to
leave
{\ADD{
three
months
later}},
they
brought
us
food
and
other
things
that
we
would
need
{\ADD{
for
the
trip}}.
\par }{\SH Paul
and
the
others
sailed
to Puteoli,
then
went
by
land towards Rome.
\par }{\SR Acts 28:11-14
\par }{\PP \VS{11}After
{\ADD{
we
had
stayed
there}}
three
months,
we
{\ADD{
got
on}}
a
ship
{\ADD{
that
was
going
to Italy
and}}
sailed
away.
The
ship
had
been
in
{\ADD{
a
harbor
on}}
the
island
during
the
months
when
there
are
many storms.
It
had
come
from Alexandria
{\ADD{
city}}.
On
the
front
of
the
ship
there
were
carved
images
of
the
twin
gods
{\ADD{
whose
names
were Castor
and
Pollux}}.
\VS{12}We
{\ADD{
sailed
from
the
island
and}}
arrived
at
Syracuse
{\ADD{
city
on Sicily
island}}
and
stayed
there
three
days.
\VS{13}Then
we
traveled
on
by
ship
and
arrived
at
Rhegium
{\ADD{
port
in Italy}}.
The
next
day,
the
wind
was
blowing
from
behind
us,
{\ADD{
so
we
sailed
along
fast}}.
The
day
after
that,
we
reached
Puteoli
{\ADD{
town,
where
we
left
the
ship}}.
\VS{14}In Puteoli
we
met
some believers
who
invited
us
to
stay
with
them
for
a
week.
{\ADD{
After
visiting
them}},
we
{\ADD{
left
there
and
started
to
travel
by
land}}
to
Rome.
\par }{\SH Christians
came
out
from
Rome
and
escorted
Paul
into
that
city.
\par }{\SR Acts 28:15-16
\par }{\PP \VS{15}{\ADD{
A
group
of}} believers
{\ADD{
who
lived
in Rome}}
had
heard
that
we
{\ADD{(exc)
were
coming}}.
So
they
came
out
{\ADD{
from Rome}}
to
meet
us.
{\ADD{
Some
of}}
them
met
us
at
{\ADD{
the
town
called}} ‘The
Market
on Appian
{\ADD{Road’,}}
and
others
met
us
at
{\ADD{
the
town
called}} ‘The
Three Inns’.
When
Paul
saw
those believers,
he
thanked
God
and
was
encouraged.
\VS{16}After
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
arrived
in
Rome,
Paul
was
permitted $\{${\ADD{
a Roman
official
who
was
responsible
for
guarding
Paul}}
permitted
Paul$\}$
to
live
{\ADD{
in
a
house}}
by
himself.
But
{\ADD{
there
was
always}}
a
soldier
there
to
guard
him.
\par }{\SH The
Jewish
leaders
asked
Paul
to
tell
them
about Christianity.
\par }{\SR Acts 28:17-22
\par }{\PP \VS{17}After
{\ADD{
Paul
had
been
there}}
three
days,
he
sent
a
message
to
the
Jewish
leaders
{\ADD{
to
come
and
talk
with
him.
So}}
they
came,
and
Paul
said
to
them, “My
fellow
Jews,
although
I
have
not
opposed
our
people
nor
spoken
against
the
customs
of
our
ancestors,
{\ADD{
our
leaders}}
in
Jerusalem
{\ADD{
seized}} [MTY]
{\ADD{
me.
But
before
they
could
kill
me,
a
Roman
commander
rescued
me
and
later
sent
me}}
to Caesarea
for
Roman
{\ADD{
authorities/officials
to
put
me
on
trial}}.
\VS{18}The Roman
authorities/officials
questioned
me
and
wanted
to
release
me,
because
I
had
not
done
any
{\ADD{
bad}}
thing
for
which
I
should
be
executed $\{$they
should
kill
me$\}$.
\VS{19}But
when
the
Jewish
{\ADD{
leaders}} [SYN]
there
opposed
{\ADD{
what
the Roman
authorities
wanted
to
do}},
I
had
to formally
request
that
the Emperor
{\ADD{
judge
me
here
in Rome}}.
But
my
reason
for
doing
that
was
not
that
I
wanted
to
accuse
our
leaders
about
anything.
\VS{20}So
I
have
requested
you
{\ADD{
to
come}}
here
so
that
I
can
tell
you
why
I
am
a
prisoner.
It
is
because
I
believe
in [MTY]
our
Messiah,
the
one
{\ADD{
God
long
ago
promised
to
send}}
to
us
{\ADD{(inc)}}
Jews.”
\VS{21}Then
{\ADD{
the
Jewish
leaders}}
said, “We
{\ADD{(exc)}}
have
not
received
any
letters
from
{\ADD{
our
fellow
Jews}}
in
Judea
about
you.
Also,
none
of
our
fellow
Jews
who
have
arrived
{\ADD{
here
from
Judea}}
has
said
anything
bad
about
you.
\VS{22}But
we
{\ADD{(exc)}}
want
to
hear
what
you
{\ADD{(sg)}}
think
about
this
{\ADD{Christian}} sect/group,
because
we
know
that
in
many
places [HYP]
bad
things
are
being
said $\{$people
are
saying
bad
things$\}$
about
it.”
\par }{\SH Paul
told
the
Jews
that non-Jews
would
believe
the gospel.
\par }{\SR Acts 28:23-31
\par }{\PP \VS{23}So
they
{\ADD{
talked
with
Paul
and
decided
that
they
would
come
back
on
another
day
to
hear
him.
When
that
day
arrived}},
those
Jews
came
back
to
the
place
where
Paul
was
staying,
and
they
brought
more
Jews
with
them.
Paul
talked
to
them
from
morning
until
evening.
He
talked
to
them
about
how
God
wants
to
rule
{\ADD{
people’s
lives}} [MET].
He
tried
to convince
them
that
Jesus
{\ADD{
is
the
Messiah}}
by reminding
them
what
Moses
and
the
other
prophets
had
written [MTY].
\VS{24}Some
of
those
Jews
believed
that
what
was
said
{\ADD{
by
Paul}} $\{$what
{\ADD{
Paul}}
said$\}$
about
Jesus
{\ADD{
was
true}},
but
others
did
not
believe
{\ADD{
that
it
was
true}}.
\VS{25}So
they
began
to
argue
with
one
another.
{\ADD{
Paul
realized
that
some
of
them
did
not
want
to
listen
to
him,
so}}
when
they
were
about
to
leave,
he
said, “The
Holy
Spirit
said
something
to
your/our(incl)
ancestors.
He
spoke
these
words
to
Isaiah
the
prophet,
{\ADD{
and
what
he
said
is
also
true
about
you}}:
\par }{\Q \VS{26}Go
to
your
fellow
Israelites
and
tell
them,
\par }{\Q ‘You
repeatedly
listen
{\ADD{
to
the
message
of
God}},
but
you
never
understand
{\ADD{
what
God
is
saying}}.
\par }{\Q You
repeatedly
look
at
and
see
{\ADD{
the
things
that
God
is
doing}},
\par }{\Q but
you
never
understand
{\ADD{
what
they
mean}}.
\par }{\Q \VS{27}God
also
said
to
the
prophet,
\par }{\Q These
people
do
not
understand,
because
they
have
become
stubborn.
\par }{\Q They
have
ears,
but
they
do
not
understand
what
they
hear,
\par }{\Q and
they
have
closed
their
eyes
{\ADD{
because
they
do
not
want
to
see}}.
\par }{\Q If
they
wanted
to
obey
what
I
say
to
them,
they
might
understand
what
they
see
{\ADD{
me
doing}}
and
what
they
hear
{\ADD{
me
saying}}.
\par }{\Q Then
they
might
turn
from
their
sinful
behavior
and
I
would
save
them.’
\par }{\PP \VS{28-29}{\ADD{
That
is
what
God
said
to
the
prophet
Isaiah
about
our
ancestors.
But
you
Jews
today
do
not
want
to
believe
God’s
message}}.
Therefore,
I
am
telling
you
that
{\ADD{
God}}
has
sent
to
the non-Jews
this
message
about
how
he
saves
people,
and
they
will
listen
{\ADD{
and
accept
it}}!”
\par }{\PP \VS{30}For
two
whole
years
Paul
stayed
{\ADD{
there}}
in
a
house
that
he
rented.
Many
people
came
to
see
him,
and
he
received
them
all
gladly
{\ADD{
and
talked
with
them}}.
\VS{31}He
preached
{\ADD{
and
taught
people}}
about
how
God
could
rule
{\ADD{
their
lives}} [MET]
and
taught
them
about
the
Lord
Jesus
Christ.
He
did
that
without
being
afraid,
and
no
one
tried
to
stop
him.
\par }